Special Repair ESI Hospital Sec-8 Faridabad
Special Repair ESI Hospital Sec-8 Faridabad
Special Repair ESI Hospital Sec-8 Faridabad
Government of India
के न्द्रीय लोक निर्ााण निभाग
Central Public Works Department
Name of Work : Special Repair including Rehabilitation, Retro fitting and Augmentation of ESIC
Hospital at Sector-8, Faridabad.
Executive Engineer,
FaridabadDivision, CPWD,
Old CGO Complex, NH-IV, Faridabad
Phone: 0129-2982316, Email: [email protected]
INDEX
Name of Work: Special Repair including Rehabilitation, Retro fitting and Augmentation of ESIC
Hospital at Sector-8, Faridabad.
This NIT containing pages 1 to 268 is approved for Estimated cost of Rs. 23,76,97,141/-(Civil:
Rs.11,89,93,673 /- + E&M: Rs. 11,87,03,468/-)
Page 1
NOTICE INVITING e-TENDERS
The Executive Engineer(C), Faridabad Division, CPWD, B-Block, Old CGO Complex, NH-04,
Faridabad (Haryana) – 121001invites on behalf of President of India online percentage rate bids from
approved andeligible CPWD enlisted contractors of appropriate class in Building & Roads category for
following work:
NIT No : 85(11-SE)/EE/FD/2022-23
Name of Work : Special Repair including Rehabilitation, Retro fitting and Augmentation of ESIC
Hospital at Sector-8, Faridabad.
The tender forms and other details can be obtained from the website https://etender.cpwd.gov.in or
www.cpwd.gov.in
Page 2
INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS FOR e-TENDERING
The Executive Engineer, FaridabadDivision, CPWD, B-Block, Old CGO Complex, NH-04, Faridabad
(Haryana) – 121001on behalf of President of India invites online percentage rate from approved
andeligible CPWD enlisted contractors of appropriate class in Building & Roads category for the following
work:
Name of Work & Location Special Repair including Rehabilitation, Retro fitting and
Augmentation of ESIC Hospital at Sector-8, Faridabad.
Earnest Money
Rs.33,76,971/- in favour of Executive Engineer, FaridabadDivision,
CPWD, NH-IV, Faridabad.
1. The intending bidder must read the terms and conditions of CPWD-6 carefully. He should only submit
his bid if he considers himself eligible and he is in possession of all the documents required.
2. Information and instructions for bidders posted on website shall form part of bid document.
3. The bid document consisting of plans, specifications, schedule of quantities of various types of items to
be executed and the set of terms & conditions of the contract to be complied with and other necessary
documents can be seen and downloaded from website https://etender.cpwd.gov.in or
www.cpwd.gov.in free of cost
4. But the bid can only be submitted after deposition of original EMD either in the office of Executive
Engineer inviting bids or Division office of any Executive Engineer, CPWD with in the period of bid
submission and uploading the mandatory scanned documents such as Insurance Surety Bonds,
Account Payee Demand Draft, Fixed Deposit Receipt or Banker‟s Cheque or/and Bank Guarantee (for
the balance amount as prescribed) from any ofCommercial Banks towards EMD in favour of Executive
Engineer as mentioned in NIT, Receipt for deposition of original EMD to Division office of any
Executive Engineer (including NIT inviting EE/AE), CPWD and other documents as specified.
5. Those Bidders who are not registered or have not updated their profile on the website mentioned
above, are required to get registered / update their profile beforehand. The necessary training
materials including the videos with step to step process are available on download section of
https://etender.cpwd.gov.in
6. The intending bidder must have valid Class-lll digital signature certificate with encryption key (combo
type) to perform any operations/transactions on the e-tendering portal / website and the bidder should
download and install the eMsigner on their system as per instruction available on download section of
https://etender.cpwd.gov.in.
Page 3
7. On opening date, the Bidder can login and see the bid opening process. After opening of bids, he will
receive the competitor bid sheets.
8. Tenderer can upload documents in the form of JPG format and PDF format.
9. Tenderer must ensure to quote rate of each item. The column meant for quoting rate in figures
appears in yellow colour and the moment rate is entered, it turns sky blue.
In addition to this, while selecting any of the cells a warning appears that if any cell is left blank the
same shall be treated as “0”. Therefore, if any cell is left blank and no rate is quoted by the bidder,
rate of such item shall be treated as “0” (Zero).
However, if a tenderer quotes nil rates against each item in item rate tender or does not quote any
percentage above/below on the lowest amount of the tender or any section/sub head in percentage
rate tender, the tender shall be treated as invalid and will not be considered as lowest tenderer.
List of Documents to be scanned and uploaded within the period of Bid submission:
i. Insurance Surety Bond, Demand Draft/ Account Payee Banker's Cheque / FDR/ Bank
Guaranteeof any commercial Bank against EMD
iii. Receipt for deposition of original EMD to division office of any EE, CPWD in prescribed
Proforma along with scanned copy of original EMD
If the bidder has not obtained GST registration as applicable, then he shall scan and upload
following undertaking along with other bid documents:
“If work is awarded to me, I/we shall obtain GST registration Certificate, as applicable, within
one month from the date of receipt of award letter or before release of any payment by CPWD,
whichever is earlier, failing which I/We shall be responsible for any delay in payments which
will be due towards me/us on a/c of the work executed and/or for any action taken by CPWD
or GST department in this regard.”
Page 4
RECEIPT OF DEPOSITION OF ORIGINAL EMD
Name of Work: Special Repair including Rehabilitation, Retro fitting and Augmentation of ESIC
Hospital at Sector-8, Faridabad.
Page 5
On non- Judicial stamp paper of minimum Rs. 100
1. Whereas the Executive Engineer (name of division) CPWD on behalf of the President of India
(hereinafter called "The Government”) has invited bids under ………… (NIT number). ……… dated
………… for ………………………... (name of work) …………………………………………...The
Government has further agreed to accept an irrevocable Bank Guarantee for Rs. .......................
(Rupees …………... only) valid up to ........ (date)*........ as Earnest Money Deposit from ……………
(name and address of the contractor) ……. (herein called “the Contractor”) for compliance of his
obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of the said NIT..
OR**
Whereas the Executive Engineer ………. (name of division) ……….., CPWD on behalf of the President
of India (hereinafter called "The Government”) has entered into an agreement bearing number
…………… with ......................(name and address of the contractor) ……... (hereinafter called "the
Contractor”) for execution of work............. ... (name of work) ……. The Government has further agreed
to accept an irrevocable Bank Guarantee for Rs. ....................... (Rupees …….... ……….. only) valid
up to ........ (date)........ as Performance Guarantee / Security Deposit / Mobilization Advance from
the said Contractor for compliance of his obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
agreement.
2. We, ............... (indicate the name of the bank) (herein after referred to as “the Bank”), hereby
undertake to pay to the Government an amount not exceeding Rs. .......................... (Rupees
……….......... only) on demand by the Government within 10 days of the demand.
3. We, ............... (indicate the name of the bank), do here by undertake to pay the amount due and
payable under this guarantee without any demur, merely on a demand from the Government stating
that the amount claimed is required to meet the recoveries due or likely to be due from the said
contractor. Any such demand made on the Bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and
payable by the Bank under this Guarantee. However, our liability under this guarantee shall be
restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs ……….. (Rupees …………… only).
4. We, .................. (indicate the name of the Bank) …………., further undertake to pay the Government
any money so demanded notwithstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the contractor in any suit
or proceeding pending before any Court or Tribunal, our liability under this Bank Guarantee being
absolute and unequivocal. The payment so made by us under this Bank Guarantee shall be a valid
discharge of our liability for payment there under and the Contractor shall have no claim against us
for making such payment
5. We, .................. (indicate the name of the Bank) ............... , further agree that the Government shall
have the fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in any manner our obligation here
under to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said agreement or to extend time of performance
by the said Contractor from time to time or to postpone for any time or from time to time any of the
powers exercisable by the Government against the said contractor and to forbear or enforce any of the
terms and conditions relating to the said agreement and we shall not be relieved from our liability by
reason of any such variation or extension being granted to the said Contractor or for any forbearance,
act of omission on the part of the Government or any indulgence by the Government to the said
Page 6
Contractor or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would,
but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us.
6. We, .................. (indicate the name of the Bank) ..............., further agree that the Government at its
option shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee against the Bank as a principal debtor at the first
instance without proceeding against the Contractor and notwithstanding any security or other
guarantee the Government may have in relation to the Contractor's liabilities.
7. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank or the
Contractor
8. We, .................. (indicate the name of the Bank) ..............., undertake not to revoke this guarantee
except with the consent of the Government in writing.
9. This Bank Guarantee shall be valid up to ……….unless extended on demand by the Government.
Notwithstanding anything mentioned above, our liability against this guarantee is restricted to
Rs…………...… (Rupees ………... only) and unless a claim in writing is lodged with us within the date
of expiry or extended date of expiry of this guarantee, all our liabilities
under this guarantee shall stand discharged.
Date …………..
Witnesses:
Designation
*Date to be worked out on the basis of validity period of 90 days where only financial bids are invited and
180 days for two/three bid system from the date of submission of tender.
**ln paragraph 1, strike out the portion not applicable. Bank Guarantee will be made either for Earnest
money / Performance Guarantee / Security Deposit / Mobilization Advance, as the case may be.
Page 7
PART-A
GENERAL
Page 8
CPWD-6 FOR e-TENDERING
1. Percentage Rate Bidsare invited on behalf of President of India from approved and eligible CPWD
Enlisted Contractors of appropriate class in Building & Roads categoryfor the work of “Special Repair
including Rehabilitation, Retro fitting and Augmentation of ESIC Hospital at Sector-8,
Faridabad”.
The enlistment of the CPWD Contractors should be valid on the last date of submission of bids. In
case the last date of submission of bids is extended, the enlistment of contractor should be valid on
the original date of submission of bids.
The work is estimated to cost Rs. 23,76,97,141/- (E&M: Rs. 11,87,03,468/- + Civil: Rs.11,89,93,673/-)
2. Agreement shall be drawn with the successful bidder on prescribed Form No. CPWD-7 (or other
Standard Form as mentioned) which is available as a Govt. of India Publication and also available on
website www.cpwd.gov.in. Bidder shall quote his rates as per various terms and conditions of the said
form which will form part of the agreement.
3. The time allowed for carrying out the work will be 15 (Fifteen) Months from the date of start as defined
in schedule „F‟ or from the first date of handing over of the site, whichever is later, in accordance with
the phasing, if any, indicated in the bid documents.
4. (i) The site for the work is available. However, site may be made available in parts as per approved
work program and progress of work thereof and no claim of damages for handing over site in parts
shall be admissible.
(ii) The Architectural and Structural drawings shall be made available in phased manner, as per
requirement of the same as per approved programme of completion submitted by the contractor after
award of work and progress of work thereof and no claim of damages for issue of drawings in phased
manner shall be admissible.
5. The bid document consisting of plans, specifications, the schedule of quantities of various types of
items to be executed and the set of terms and conditions of the contract to be complied with and other
necessary documents except Standard General Conditions of Contract Form can be seen from
website https://etender.cpwd.gov.in or www.cpwd.gov.in free of cost.
6. After submission of the bid the contractor can re-submit revised bid any number of times but before
last time and date of submission of bid as notified.
7. While submitting the revised bid, contractor can revise the rate of one or more item(s) any number of
times (he need not re-enter rate of all the items) but before last time and date of submission of bid as
notified.
8. When bids are invited in three stage system and if it is desired to submit revised financial bid then it
shall be mandatory to submit revised financial bid. If not submitted, then the bid submitted earlier shall
become invalid.
9. Earnest Money in the form of Insurance Surety Bonds, Account Payee Demand Draft, Fixed Deposit
Receipt, Banker‟s Cheque or Bank Guarantee (for the balance amount as prescribed) from any of
Commercial Banks (drawn in favour of Executive Engineer, Faridabad Division, CPWD, Faridabad)
shall be scanned and uploaded to the e-tendering website within the period of bid submission. The
original EMD should be deposited either in the office of Executive Engineer inviting bids or division
office of any Executive Engineer, CPWD within the period of bid submission. The EMD receiving
Executive Engineer (including NIT issuing EE/AE) shall issue a receipt of deposition of Earnest Money
deposit to the bidder in a prescribed format (enclosed) uploaded by tender inviting EE in the NIT.
Page 9
A part of earnest money is acceptable in the form of bank guarantee also. In such case, minimum 50%
of earnest money or Rs.20 lacs, whichever is less, shall have to be deposited in shape prescribed
above, and balance may be deposited in shape of Bank Guarantee of any CommercialBank having
validity for 6 (six) months or more from last date of receipt of bids which is to be scanned and
uploaded by the intending bidders.
The Earnest Money given by all the tenderers except the lowest tenderer shall be refunded
immediately after the expiry of stipulated bid validity period or immediately after acceptance of bid of
the successful bidder, whichever is earlier. However, in case of two/three bid system, earnest money
deposit of bidders unsuccessful during technical/eligibility bid evaluation etc. shall be returned within
30 days of declaration of result of technical/eligibility bid evaluation.
Copy of Enlistment Order and other documents as specified in the bid document shall be scanned and
uploaded to the e-tendering website within the period of bid submission. However, certified copy of all
the scanned and uploaded documents as specified in the bid document shall have to be submitted by
the lowest bidder only along with physical EMD of the scanned copy of EMD uploaded within a week
physically in the office of tender inviting authority.
Online bid documents submitted by intending bidders shall be opened only of those bidders,
whose original EMD deposited with any division of CPWD and other documents scanned and
uploaded are found in order.
10. The bid submitted shall become invalid and e-tender processing fee shall not be refunded if:
(ii) The bidder does not upload scanned copy of all the documents stipulated in the bid document.
(iii) If any discrepancy is noticed between the documents as uploaded at the time of submission of
bid and hard copies as submitted physically by the lowest bidder in the office of bid opening
authority.
(iv) If a tenderer quotes nil rates against each item on item rate tender or does not quote any
percentage above/below on the total amount of the tender or any section/sub-head in
percentage rate tender, the tender shall be treated as invalid and will not be considered as
lowest tenderer.
11. The contractor whose bid is accepted will be required to furnish performance guarantee at specified
percentage of the tendered amount as mentioned in Schedule E and within the period specified in
Schedule F. This guarantee shall be in the form of Insurance Surety Bonds, Account Payee Demand
Draft, Fixed Deposit Receipt or Bank Guaranteefrom any of Commercial Banks in accordance with the
prescribed form. In case the contractor fails to deposit the said performance guarantee within the
period as indicated in Schedule „F‟ including the extended period if any, the Earnest Money deposited
by the contractor shall be forfeited automatically without any notice to the contractor. The earnest
money deposited along with bid shall be returned after receiving the aforesaid performance guarantee.
The contractor whose bid is accepted will also be required to furnish either copy of applicable
licenses/registrations or proof of applying for obtaining labour licenses, registration with EPFO, ESIC
and BOCW Welfare Board including Provident fund code no. if applicable and also ensure the
compliance of aforesaid provisions by the sub-contractors, if any engaged by the contractor for the
said work within the period specified in Schedule F.
Intending Bidders are advised to inspect and examine the site and its surroundings and satisfy
themselves before submitting their bids as to the nature of the ground and sub-soil (so far as is
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 10
practicable), the form and nature of the site, the means of access to the site, the accommodation they
may require and in general shall themselves obtain all necessary information as to risks, contingencies
and other circumstances which may influence or affect their bid. A bidder shall be deemed to have full
knowledge of the site whether he inspects it or not and no extra charge consequent on any
misunderstanding or otherwise shall be allowed. The bidder shall be responsible for arranging and
maintaining at his own cost all materials, tools & plants, water, electricity access, facilities for workers
and all other Services required for executing the work unless otherwise specifically provided for in the
contract documents. Submission of a bid by a bidder implies that he has read this notice and all other
contract documents and has made himself aware of the scope and specifications of the work to be
done and of conditions and rates at which stores, tools and plant, etc. will be issued to him by the
Government and local conditions and other factors having a bearing on the execution of the work.
13. The competent authority on behalf of the President of India does not bind itself to accept the lowest or
any other bid and reserves to itself the authority to reject any or all the bids received without the
assignment of any reason. All bids in which any of the prescribed condition is not fulfilled or any
condition including that of conditional rebate is put forth by the bidders shall be summarily rejected.
14. Canvassing whether directly or indirectly, in connection with bidders is strictly prohibited and the bids
submitted by the contractors who resort to canvassing will be liable to rejection.
15. The competent authority on behalf of President of India reserves to himself the right of accepting the
whole or any part of the bid and the bidder shall be bound to perform the same at the rate quoted.
16. The contractor shall not be permitted to bid for works in the CPWD Circle (Division in case of
contractors of Horticulture/Nursery category) responsible for award and execution of contracts, in
which his near relative is posted a Divisional Accountant or as an officer in any capacity between the
grades of Superintending Engineer and Junior Engineer (both inclusive). He shall also intimate the
names of persons who are working with him in any capacity or are subsequently employed by him and
who are near relatives to any gazette officer in the Central Public Works Department or in the Ministry
of Urban Development. Any breach of this condition by the contractor would render him liable to be
removed from the approved list of contractors of this Department.
17. No Engineer of Gazetted Rank or other Gazetted Officer employed in Engineering or Administrative
duties in an Engineering Department of the Government of India is allowed to work as a contractor for
a period of one year after his retirement from Government service, without the previous permission of
the Government of India in writing. This contract is liable to be cancelled if either the contractor or any
of his employees is found any time to be such a person who had not obtained the permission of the
Government of India as aforesaid before submission of the bid or engagement in the contractor‟s
service.
18. The bid for the work shall remain open for acceptance for a period of 30 (Thirty) days from the date of
opening of Eligibility Bids.
(i) If any tenderer withdraws his tender or makes any modification in the terms & conditions of the
tender which is not acceptable to the department within 7 days after last date of submission of
bids, then the Government shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to
forfeit 50% of the earnest money absolutely irrespective of letter of acceptance for the work is
issued or not.
(ii) If any tenderer withdraws his tender or makes any modification in the terms & conditions of the
tender which is not acceptable to the department after expiry of 7 days after last date of
submission of bids, then the Government shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at
liberty to forfeit 100% of the earnest money absolutely irrespective of letter of acceptance for the
work is issued or not.
Page 11
(iii) In case of forfeiture of earnest money as prescribed in para (i) and (ii) above, the bidders shall not
be allowed to participate in the rebidding process of the same work.
19. This notice inviting Bid shall form a part of the contract document. The successful bidder/contractor, on
acceptance of his bid by the Accepting Authority shall within 15 days from the stipulated date of start of
the work, sign the contract consisting of:
(i) The Notice Inviting Bid, all the documents including Additional Conditions, Specifications and
Drawings, if any, forming part of the bid as uploaded at the time of invitation of bid and the Rates
quoted online at the time of submission of Bid and Acceptance thereof together with any
correspondence leading thereto.
20.1. The Executive Engineer in charge of the Major Component will call bids for the Composite
work. The cost of bid document and Earnest Money will be fixed with respect to the combined
estimated cost put to tender for the composite bid.
20.4. The eligible bidders shall quote rates for all items of major component as well as for all items
of minor components of work.
20.5. After acceptance of the bid by Competent Authority, the Engineer-in-charge of Major
Component of the work shall issue letter of award on behalf of the President of India. After the
work is awarded, the Main Contractor will have to enter into one Agreement with Engineer-in-
charge of Major Component and has also to sign two or more copies of Agreement depending
upon number of EE/DDH in charge of Minor Components. One such signed set of Agreement
shall be handed over to EE/DDH in-charge of Minor Component(s). The Engineer-in-Charge of
Major Component will operate Part-B the Agreement along with Part A & D and whole
agreement in general. The EE/DDH in charge of Minor Component(s) shall operate Part-C
along with Part-A & D of the Agreement.
20.6. Entire work under the scope of composite bid including major and all minor components shall
be executed under one agreement.
20.7. Security Deposit will be worked out separately for each component corresponding to the
estimated cost of the respective component of works.
20.8. The main contractor has to associate agencies for specialized component(s) conforming to
eligibility criteria as defined in the bid document and has to submit detail of such agency(s) to
Engineer-in-charge of relevant component(s). within prescribed time. Name of the agency(s) to
be associated shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge of relevant component(s).
Page 12
20.9. In case the main contractor intends to change any of the above agency/agencies during the
operation of the contract, he shall obtain prior approval of Engineer-in-charge of relevant
specialized component(s).
The new agency/agencies shall also have to satisfy the laid down eligibility criteria. In case
Engineer-in-charge is not satisfied with the performance of any agency, he can direct the
contractor to change the agency executing such items of work and this shall be binding on the
contractor.
20.10. The main contractor has to enter into MoU with agency(s) associated by him. Copy of such
MoU shall be submitted to EE/ DDH in charge of each relevant component as well as to EE in
Charge of major component. In case of change of associate contractor, the main agency(s)
has to enter into MoU/agreement with the new contractor associated by him.
20.11. Running payment for the major component shall be made by EE of major discipline to the
main contractor. Running payment for minor components shall be made by the Engineer- in-
charge of the discipline of minor component directly to the main contractor
20.12. (A) The composite work shall be treated as complete when all the components of the work are
complete. The completion certificate of the composite work shall be recorded by Engineer-in-
charge of major component after record of completion certificate of all other components.
(B) Final bill of whole work shall be finalized and paid by the EE of major component.
Engineer(s) in charge of minor component(s) will prepare and pass the final bill for their
component of work and pass on the same to the EE of major component for including in the
final bill for composite contract.
21. The intending bidders are required to update their profile in CPWD e-tender portal and to
upload their bids well in advance of last date of submission of tender. Any issue related to
updating profile to uploading tender can be resolved through the concerned Executive
Engineer or ERP help line no. 18001803286 or e-mail ID [email protected].
The e-tendering bidders are also advised not to wait to raise any issues till the last date of
submission of bid in their own interest.
Page 13
CPWD-7
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
TENDER
I/We have read and examined the notice inviting tender, schedule-A, B, C, D, E & F, Specifications
applicable, Drawings & Designs, General Rules and Directions, Conditions of Contract, Clauses of
contract, Special conditions, Schedule of Rate & other documents and rules referred to in the conditions of
contract and all other contents in the tender document for the work.
I/We hereby tender for the execution of the work specified for the President of India within the time
specified in Schedule „F‟ viz., schedule of quantities and in accordance in all respect with the
specifications, designs, drawing and instructions in writing referred to in Rule-1 in General Rules and
Directions and in Clause-11 of the Conditions of Contract and with such materials as provided for, by, and
in respect of accordance with, such conditions so far as applicable..
I/We agree to keep the tender open for 30 (Thirty) days from the date of opening of Technical bid and not
to make any modification in its terms and conditions.
I/We have deposited EMD for the prescribed amount in the office of concerned Executive Engineer as per
the bid document.
A copy of Earnest Money deposit of prescribed amount deposited in the form of Insurance Surety Bonds,
Account Payee Demand Draft, Fixed Deposit Receipt, Banker‟s Cheque or Bank Guarantee (as
prescribed) issued by a commercial Bank, is scanned and uploaded (strike out as the case may be). If
I/We, fail to furnish the prescribed performance guarantee within prescribed period, I/We agree that the
said President of India or his successors, in office shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be
at liberty to forfeit the said earnest money absolutely. Further, if I/We fail to commence work as specified,
I/We agree that President of India or the successors in office shall without prejudice to any other right or
remedy available in law, be at liberty to forfeit the said performance guarantee absolutely, the said
performance guarantee shall be a guarantee to execute all the works referred to in the tender documents
upon the terms and conditions contained or referred to those in excess of that limit at the rates to be
determined in accordance with the provision contained in clause 12 of the tender form.
Further, I/We agree that in case of forfeiture of Earnest Money or Performance Guarantee as aforesaid,
I/We shall be debarred for participation in the re-tendering process of the work.
I/we undertake and confirm that eligible similar work(s) has/have not been got executed through another
agency on back to back basis. Further that, if such a violation comes to the notice of Department, then I/we
shall be debarred for bidding in CPWD in future forever. Also, if such a violation comes to the notice of
Department before date of start of work, the Engineer-in-charge shall be free to forfeit the entire amount of
Earnest Money Deposited/Performance Guarantee.
Page 14
I/We hereby declare that I/We shall treat the tender documents, drawings and other records connected
with the work as secret/confidential documents and shall not communicate information/derived there from
to any person other than a person to whom I/We am/are authorized to communicate the same or use the
information in any manner prejudicial to the safety of the State.
Postal Address:
Witness:
Address:
Occupation:
ACCEPTANCE
The above tender (as modified by you as provided in the letters mentioned hereunder) is accepted by me
for and on behalf of the President of India for a sum of Rs.……… ……………………………… (Rupee.
……………………………………………………).
The letters referred to below shall form part of this contract agreement:
(a) …………………………
(b) ………………………….
(c) ………………………….
Dated: …………….
Signature……………….……………
Designation………….………………
Page 15
SCHEDULES A TO F
SCHEDULE „A‟
Schedule of quantities for the Work (as per PWD-3): As provided in Part-B & C of this Document
SCHEDULE „B‟
SCHEDULE 'C'
SCHEDULE „D‟
Extra schedule for specific requirements/documents for the work, if any: Nil
SCHEDULE „E‟
Name of Work: Special Repair including Rehabilitation, Retro fitting and Augmentation of ESIC
Hospital at Sector-8, Faridabad.
Estimated cost of work: Rs. 23,76,97,141/- (Civil: Rs.11,89,93,673 /- + E&M: Rs. 11,87,03,468/-)
(i) Earnest Money Rs. 33,76,971/-(to be returned after receiving Performance Guarantee)
(ii) Performance
3% of the accepted tendered value of the work
Guarantee
(iii) Security Deposit 2.5% of the accepted tendered value of the work
SCHEDULE 'F'
Officer inviting Tender: Executive Engineer, FaridabadDivision, CPWD, B-Block, Old CGO
Complex, NH-04, Faridabad (Haryana) – 121001
Definitions:
(x) Standard Schedule Civil Works: Delhi Schedule of Rates 2021 (Vol. 1 & 2) with up to date
of Rates correction slips modified as per cost index of Delhi NCR
E&M Works:Delhi Schedule of Rates (E&M) - 2022& Market Rates.
Page 16
(xi) Department Central Public Works Department (CPWD)
9(ii) Standard CPWD General Conditions of Contract-2020 (Maintenance Works) and CPWD
Contract Form: Form-7 (Percentage Rate Tender & Contract for Works) as amended
/ modified up to the last date of submission of Tenders
Clause-1:
(ii) Maximum allowable extension with late fee @ 0.1% per 03 (Three) days
day of Performance Guarantee amount beyond the period
provided in (i) above
Clause-2:
Clause-5:
(i) Number of days from the date of issue of letter of 10 (Ten) days
acceptance for reckoning date of start
Amount to be With-
Time allowed
S. Description of Milestone held in Case of
(From Stipulated Date of
No. (Physical/Financial) Non-Achievement
Start)
of Milestone
th
1. Financial Progress of 1/8 of Tendered Amount 25% of Completion Period
2.
th
Financial Progress of 3/8 of Tendered Amount 50% of Completion Period 1.25% of Tendered
Value for failure of
th
3. Financial Progress of 3/4 of Tendered Amount 75% of Completion Period each Milestone
4. Financial Progress of Full Tendered Amount Completion Period
Authority to decide:
Page 17
Schedule of handing over of Site:
Part Portion of site Description Time period for handing over reckoned
from date of issue of letter of intent
Part A Portion without any hindrance NA The site for the work is available. However,
site may be made available in parts as per
Part B Portions with encumbrances NA
approved work program and progress of work
Part C Portion dependent on work of NA thereof and no claim of damages for handing
other agencies over sitein parts shall be admissible.
Part Portion of Design Description Time period for handing over reckoned
from date of receipt of tenders
Clause-5.4:
Schedule of rate of recovery for delay in submission of the modified programme in terms of delay days:
Rs. 100/- per day
Clause-7:
Gross work to be done together with net payment /adjustment of Rs. 40.00 lacs (For civil work)
advances for material collected, if any, since the last such payment for Rs.40.00 Lacs. (For E&M
being eligible to interim payment Work)
Clause-7A:
Whether Clause 7A shall be Yes, No Running Account Bill shall be paid for the work till the applicable
Applicable labour licenses, registration with EPFO, ESIC and BOCW Welfare Board,
whatever applicable as submitted by the Bidder to the Engineer-in-Charge.
Clause-8A:
Equipment for conducting necessary Site Tests as per requirements of Specifications and quality
assurance plan shall be provided and installed at site in the well-furnished Site Laboratory by the
contractor at his own cost.
Page 18
Clause-10B (ii)
Materials covered under this Nearest material (other than Base price and its corresponding
clause cement*, reinforcement bars, the period of all the materials covered
structural steel and POL) for under clause 10CA*
which All India Wholesale price
index to be followed
Schedule of component of other Materials, Labour, POL etc. for price escalation
(i) Component of civil (Except materials covered under clause 10 CA) & Electrical 75%
construction materials expressed as percent of total value of work.
Clause-11:
Civil work CPWD Specifications 2019 Vol. 1 and Vol. 2 or latest version of above specifications as
issued / amended up to last date of tender submission
(i) CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works (Part-I: Internal - 2013, Part-II :
E&M Work External - 1994, Part-III: Lift & Escalators - 2003, Part-IV: Sub Station - 2013,
Part-V : Wet Riser & Sprinkler System - 2020, Part-VI: Fire Detection & Alarm
System - 2018, Part-VII: DG Sets - 2013, Part-VIII: Gas Based Fire Extinguishing
System – 2013) and (ii) CPWD General Specifications for HVAC Works – 2017 or
latest version of above specifications as issued / amended up to last date of
tender submission
Clause-12:
12.2 &12.3 Deviation Limit beyond which clauses 12.2 &12.3 shall apply for the work No Limit
Clause-16:
The Contractor shall deploy T&P, Plant and Equipment required for execution of work within contract
period. Schedule of deployment of the equipment shall be as per requirement of work for completion of
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 19
work as per work program within stipulated time and contractor himself shall be responsible for their
efficient use avoiding any idling. No damages/compensation shall be payable on account of idle
Manpower, Labour, T&P, Plant and Equipment and Loss of Profit etc. for whatsoever reason, not
even for delay in work due to justified hinderances.
Clause-19:
Clause 19D : Authority to decide penalty for each default Engineer-in-charge of respective component
Clause 19G: Authority to decide penalty for each default of Work
Clause-25:
Page 20
Graduate
Engineer 1+1 5 or 10 Project Site Rs.25,000/- per
or
respectively Engineer month per person
Diploma
Engineer
Graduate
Engineer 1+1 Project
2 or 5 Rs.15,000/- per
or planning/quality/
respectively month per person
Diploma billing Engineer
Engineer
Note:
Assistant Engineers retired from Government services that are holding Diploma will be treated at par with
Graduate Engineers. Diploma holder with minimum 10-years relevant experience with a reputed
construction company can be treated at par with Graduate Engineers for the purpose of such deployment
subject to that such diploma holders should not exceed 50% of requirement of degree Engineers.
Clause-38:
i) (a) Schedule/statement for determining theoretical Delhi Schedule of Rates 2021 with
quantity of cement & bitumen based on Delhi Amendments up to the date of submission
Schedule of Rates of bid.
(a) Cement :
• For works with estimated cost put to tender not 3% Plus/Minus
more than Rs.25 Lakh.
• For works with estimated cost put to tender 2% Plus/Minus
more than Rs.25 Lakh.
(b) Bitumen for all works. 2.5% Plus only and nil on minus side.
Page 21
STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRCT
1. Latest edition of “General Conditions of Contract - 2020 (MaintenanceWorks)” as amended /
modified up to the last date of submission of Tenders, which is available in market as CPWD
publication and also available on CPWD official website at https://cpwd.gov.in/Documents/cpwd_
publication.aspx shall be deemed to be part of the Tender document and Agreement.
2. The GCC is amended from time to time through issue of OMs under series DG/CON which are
available on CPWD official website at http://www.cpwd.gov.in/Documents/Official Circulars/ DG CON.
These amendments/modifications issued up to last date of submission of Tenders shall be deemed to
be part of the Tender document and Agreement.
3. The GCC and its amendments as mentioned above, though not attached with this tender document,
shall be deemed to be part of the Tender document and Agreement to be signed with the successful
bidder.
Page 22
CONDITIONS FOR ASSOCIATE AGENCY FOR SPECIALISED / E&M WORKS
1.1 Specialized Items have been provided in Annexure-6 of SOP for CPWD Works Manual
(amendments to the Annexure-6 of SOP up to last date of tender submission shall be applicable).
1.2 These items should be got executed only through associated specialized agencies currently
actively engaged in execution of the said specialized item and fulfil eligibility criteria prescribed in
the agreement.
1.3 The Contractor(s) shall submit his proposal for the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, the names
of specialized agencies of repute along with their technical capability /experience proposed to be
engaged by him. The proposal shall be submitted as early as possible but not later than one
month before proposed date of start of execution of such items as per approved work programme.
1.4 It shall be the responsibility of main contractor to sort out any dispute / litigation with the
Specialized Agencies without any time & cost overrun to the Department. The main contractor
shall be solely responsible for settling any dispute / litigation arising out of his agreement with the
Specialized Agencies. The contractor shall ensure that the work shall not suffer on account of
litigation/ dispute between him and the specialized agencies / sub-contractor(s). No claim of
hindrance in the work shall be entertained from the Contractor on this account. No extension of
time shall be granted and no claim what so ever, of any kind, shall be entertained from the
Contractor on account of delay attributable to the selection/rejection of the Specialized Agencies.
2.1 The tenderer(s) must associate eligible agencies to execute the specialized works, who fulfil the
prescribed eligibility criteria. However, the contractor himself shall also be eligible to carry out any
or all of such specialized works without associating any specialized agency provided he fulfils the
prescribed eligibility criteria
2.2 Eligibility requirement for associate specialized agencies for execution of the specialized civil
items shall be as below:
The agency must be currently actively engaged in execution of the said specialized item and
must have satisfactorily executed similar works during last 5 (five) years from date of submission
of proposals for approval of associate specialized agency as below:
(i) Three works each of value not less than 40% of corresponding estimated cost of the
specialized items of the work in the NIT.
or
(ii) Two works each of value not less than 60% of corresponding estimated cost of the specialized
items of the work in the NIT.
or
(iii) One work of value not less than 80% of corresponding estimated cost of the specialized items
of the work in the NIT.
3.1 Specialized E&M items have been provided in Annexure-6 of SOP for CPWD Works Manual
(amendments to the Annexure-6 of SOP up to last date of tender submission shall be applicable).
3.2 These items should be got executed only through associated specialized agencies currently
actively engaged in execution of the said specialized items and fulfil eligibility criteria prescribed
in the agreement.
Page 23
3.3 Also, unless the main contractor himself meets the eligibility conditions for execution of E&M works
(Normal items), he will have to associate with agencies, fulfilling the eligibility requirements
prescribed in the tender document.
3.4 In the event of the associated E&M agency not performing satisfactorily or failure of associate
agency to complete the E&M work, the main contractor on written directions of the department,
shall remove the Associate agency deployed on the work and shall submit proposal for approval of
new associate agency without any loss of time or variation in cost to the department. Such new
associate agency shall also give an undertaking along with the main tenderer that both of them
shall guarantee for the equipment already supplied for which payment has been released by the
department in part. If any equipment supplied for the work, during the currency of the earlier
associate agency and paid partly by the department, becomes redundant /not in a position to be
installed and commissioned and put to beneficial use due to change in agency for execution of
E&M work, the main contractor shall be liable for replacement of the equipment(s) at no cost to the
department. No change of associate agency will be allowed without prior approval of the Engineer-
in-charge of the work.
3.5 The main contractor shall be responsible and liable for proper and complete execution of the E&M
works despite having engaged associated agencies and ensure coordination and completion of all
E&M works.
3.6 The Composite Contractor and the associated specialized agencies shall give
required affidavit to confirm their association.
3.7 The associate contractor shall attend the inspection of the work by the Engineer-in-charge of E&M
works as and when required.
4.1 The tenderer(s) must associate eligible agencies to execute components of E&M Works who fulfil
the prescribed eligibility criteria. However, the contractor shall also be eligible to carry out himself
any or all the components of E&M Works without associating any specialized agency provided:
4.2 ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA: Eligibility criteria for various components E&M Works (Normal and
Specialized) shall be as below:
4.2.1 For Normal E&M Works e.g. Internal Electrical Installations, External
Lighting/Cabling/Earthing & Service Connection etc.:
The associate agency shall be registered/enlisted in CPWD in Building & Roads category in
appropriate class and should have a valid electrical license.
4.2.2 For Specialized works as provided in Annexure 6 of SOP for CPWD Works Manual (Except
DG Sets, HVAC, Sub-Station works):
The Associate agency must have valid electrical license and should have successfully completed
“Similar Works” during last 5 (five) years from date of submission of proposals for approval of
associate specialized agency as under:
a) Three Similar completed works each of value not less than 40% of Estimated cost of relevant
specialized E&M Work.
or
Page 24
b) Two Similar completed works each of value not less than 60% of Estimated cost of relevant
specialized E&M Work.
or
c) One Similar completed work each of value not less than 80% of Estimated cost of relevant
specialized E&M Work.
The Associate agency must have valid electrical license and should have successfully completed
“Similar Works” during last 5 years ending previous day of last date of submission of tender as
under:
a) Three Similar completed works each of value not less than 40% of Estimated cost of relevant
component of work of DG Sets / HVAC / Sub-Station with capacity of individual DG
Set/Chiller plant/Transformer not less than 80% of individual capacity (rounded off to next
available higher capacity) of the transformer proposed in the work.
or
b) Two Similar completed works each of value not less than 60% of Estimated cost of relevant
component of work of DG Sets / HVAC / Sub-Station with capacity of individual DG Set /
Chiller plant / Transformer not less than 80% of individual capacity (rounded off to next
available higher capacity) of the transformer proposed in the work.
or
c) One Similar completed work each of value not less than 80% of Estimated cost of relevant
component of work of DG Sets / HVAC / Sub-Station with capacity of individual DG
Set/Chiller plant/Transformer not less than 80% of individual capacity (rounded off to next
available higher capacity) of the transformer proposed in the work.
Similar work shall mean “SITC of relevant specialized E&M Work e.g. DG Sets / HVAC / Sub-
Station”.
The Associate agency must have valid electrical license and should have successfully completed
“Similar Works” during last 5 years ending previous day of last date of submission of tender as
under:
a) Three Similar completed works each (i) of value not less than 40% of cost of E&M component
of STP/WTP work or (ii) with design capacity of the STP/WTP plant not less than 40% of the
capacity of proposed plant to be installed.
or
b) Two Similar completed works each (i) of value not less than 60% of cost of E&M component
of STP/WTP work or (ii) with design capacity of the STP/WTP plant not less than 60% of the
capacity of proposed plant to be installed.
or
c) One Similar completed work (i) of value not less than 80% of cost of E&M component of
STP/WTP work or (ii) with design capacity of the STP/WTP plant not less than 80% of the
capacity of proposed plant to be installed.
Similar work shall mean “SITC of E&M Works of STP/WTP/ETP Plants”.
5.1 The Contractor(s) shall submit his proposal for the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, the names
of associate agencies of repute along with verifiable completion certificates of similar work
experience, valid Electrical Contractor's license, self-attested GST registration and other
Page 25
documents in respect of the associated agencies, duly attested by both associated agency and the
main contractor.
5.2 The proposal shall be submitted as early as possible but not later than one month before proposed
date of start of execution of such components of E&M work as per approved work programme.
5.3 In case the main contractor is himself eligible (as per eligibility criteria) for executing all or some
components of E&M work and intends doing job himself, the main contractor must submit the
documents as per eligibility criteria mentioned for associated agency of individual E&M
component(s) for approval of Engineer-in-charge.
5.4 Proposal for associating agency for components of E&M work shall be submitted, as per proforma
given in this tender document, from each of proposed associate independently for all E&M
component in prescribed Proforma given herein.
Page 26
PROPOSAL FOR ASSOCIATING AGENCY FOR E&M WORKS
I/we hereby propose the following agency for execution of E&M work component mentioned herein.
Consent Letter from the proposed associated agency is enclosed.
(xiii) Copy of completion certificates of similar work experience attached: (Yes /No)
Page 27
CONSENT LETTER FROM ASSOCIATE AGENCY FOR E&M WORKS
I / We will execute the work as per specifications and conditions of the agreement for the work and
as per directions of the Engineer-in-Charge for the said component of E&M work till the completion of the
work.
I / We will be responsible for necessary action to handover the installations and for rectification of
defects and repair during the maintenance / warranty period.
I / We will employ full time technically qualified Engineer / supervisor for the said component of
E&M work as required for the work.
I / We will attend inspection of work by officers of the department as and when required.
Dated:
Page 28
(Proforma of MoU for Specialized E&M Works on a „Non-Judicial‟ stamp paper worth Rs.100/-)
And
Whereas, the Central Public Work Department (CPWD), have awarded EPC Contract to the Main
Contractor for the work of : …………………………….” as per Schedule of Quantities, Specifications, Terms
and Conditions contained in the Agreement.
Whereas, This Memorandum of Understanding has been entered into for assigning responsibility of
execution of ………………. (mention category) component of E&M Work forming part of the above work
to the Associate E&M Contractor by the Main Contractor.
1. Both the parties have gone through and understood the various Terms & Conditions and Clauses of
the Contract for the work awarded to the Main Contractor and willingly agree to abide by them.
2. The „Associate E&M Contractor‟ will execute ………………. (mention category) Component of E&M
Work in the wholesome manner as per Terms & Conditions of the Contract. However, both Parties
shall be jointly and severally responsible for the execution of said Component of work as per the
Contract.
3. It is understood that payment for ………………. (mention category) component of E&M Work even
though executed by the Associate E&M Contractor shall be done by the Department (CPWD) to the
Main Contractor as per Terms & Condition of the Contract. The Parties have entered into separate
agreement on Terms & Conditions for payment to be made by the Main contractor to the Associate
E&M Contractor for the work done by them. The main Contractor shall promptly make payment to the
Associate E&M Contractor as per agreed Terms & Condition between them. In the event of failure to
make due payments to the Associate E&M Contractor by Main Contractor, the Department (CPWD)
may make such payments directly to the Associated E&M Contractor after deducting the same from
Bills payable to the Main Contractor.
4. In case of any dispute between Parties, either of them may go for mediation by the Engineer-in-
charge. In the event of disagreement with decision of Engineer-in-Charge, either of the Parties may
appeal against the mediation to the SE/SE-cum-PD/CE/CE-cum-ED in whose jurisdiction the work
falls. His decision shall be final and binding on both Parties.
5. The „Associate E&M Contractor‟ shall be liable for disciplinary and penal action(s) as per Contract if he
fails to discharge his contractual commitments related to said component of E&M works.
6. l the machinery and equipment, tools and tackles required for execution of ………………. (mention
category) component of E&M Work, as per the Contract, shall be the responsibility of the „Associate
E&M Contractor‟.
7. The Technical and other site staff required for the said ………………. (mention category) component of
E&M Work shall be arranged by the „Associate Data Centre Contractor‟ as per terms and conditions of
the Contract.
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 29
8. Site Order Book & other Registers maintained for the said work shall be signed be signed by the
Representatives of Main Contractor as well as „Associate E&M Centre Contractor‟ or themselves.
9. All the correspondence regarding execution of the ………………. (mention category) component of
E&M Work shall be done by the department with the Associate E&M Contractor with a copy to the
Main contractor. In case of non-compliance of the provisions of the Contract, the Main Contractor, as
well as the Associated E&M Contractor shall be responsible and action under Clauses 2 and 3 may be
initiated and taken against the Main Contractor.
10. This MoU between Parties will be treated as an agreement and has legality as per Indian Contract Act
(amended up to date) and the Department (CPWD) can enforce all the Terms and Conditions of the
Contract for execution of the above work.
11. This MOU shall be valid till the duration of completion of above work and shall be extended if so
required by the CPWD.
Date:
Place:
Page 30
PART – B
MAJOR COMPONENT
(CIVIL WORK)
Page 31
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS
1. Except for the items, for which Particular Specifications are given herein or where it is specifically
mentioned otherwise in this bid document, the work shall generally be carried out in accordance
with the “CPWD Specifications - 2019 (Vol. I & II) for Civil works or their latest version with up to
date correction slips and CPWD Specification for Horticulture works with up to date correction slips
(hereinafter to be collectively referred to as „CPWD Specifications‟). Wherever CPWD
Specifications are silent, the latest BIS Codes/Specifications, National Building Code-2016,
MoRTH Specification, Manufacturers Specifications, Sound Engineering practices or well-
established local construction practices as decided by the Engineer-in-charge shall be followed.
2. The order of preference in case of any discrepancy as indicated in condition No. 8.1 under
“Conditions of Contract” given in standard CPWD Contract form may be read as the following:
A reference made to any Indian Standard Specifications in these documents, shall imply to the
latest version of that standard, including such revisions / amendments as issued by the Bureau of
Indian Standards up to last date of receipt of tenders. The Contractor shall keep at his own cost all
such publications of relevant Indian Standard applicable to the work at site.
3. The proposed work is a prestigious project and quality of work is of paramount importance.
Contractor shall have to engage well experienced skilled labour and deploy modern T&P and other
equipment to execute the work. Many items & specialized works will require engagement of
specialised agencies & skilled workers having experience in execution of such items.
4. The tenderer shall acquaint himself with the proposed site of work, its approach roads, working
space available etc. before quoting his rates and no claim on this account shall be entertained by
the department.
5. The specifications given herein this bid document are general but not exhaustive and does not
mention all the incidental works required to be carried out for complete execution of the item of
work. The work shall be carried out, all in accordance with true intent and meaning of the
specifications and the drawings taken together, regardless of whether the same may or may not
be particularly shown on the drawings and/ or described in the specifications, provided that the
same can be reasonably inferred there from. There may be several incidental works, which are not
mentioned in the contract document/ specifications but will be necessary to complete the item in all
respect. All these incidental works/ costs which are not mentioned but are necessary to complete
the work shall be deemed to have been included in the overall amount quoted by the contractor for
various components of work. No adjustment of rates shall be made for any variation in quantum of
incidental works due to variation/change in actual working drawings. Also, no adjustment of rates
shall be made due to any change in incidental works or any other deviation in such element of
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 32
work (which is incidental to the items of work and are necessary to complete such items in all
respects) on account of the directions of Engineer-in-charge Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
6. The contractor shall make his own arrangements for obtaining water & electricity
connections and make necessary payments directly to the department concerned.
7. The contractor(s) shall get himself acquainted with nature and extent of the work and satisfy
himself about the availability of materials from kiln or approved quarries for collection and
conveyance of materials required for construction.
8. The contractor(s) shall study the soil investigation report for the site, available in the bid document/
office of the Engineer-in-charge and satisfy himself about complete characteristics of soil and other
parameters at site. However, no claim on the alleged inadequacy or incorrectness of the soil data
supplied by the department shall be entertained.
9. The tenderer shall see the approaches to the site. In case any approach from main road is
required at site or existing approach is to be improved and maintained by the contractor, the same
shall be provided, improved and maintained by the contractor at his own cost. No payment shall be
made on this account.
10. The work shall be carried out in the manner complying in all respects with the requirements of the
relevant bylaws and regulations of the local body under the jurisdiction of which the work is to be
executed or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
11. The contractor(s) shall inform/issue notices to the Municipality, police and other authorities that
may be required as per law and obtain all requisite permission/ licenses for temporary
obstructions, enclosures etc. Contractor(s) shall pay all fee, taxes and charges which may be
leviable on account of these operations in executing the contract. He shall make good any damage
to the property whether public or private and shall supply and maintain lights either for illumination
or for cautioning the public at night.
12. For construction works which are likely to generate malba / rubbish, the contractor shall reuse it at
site as directed by the Engineer-in-charge or hand over to recycling agents or dispose of at his
own cost to the notified/specified Municipal dumping ground. No deduction on this account shall
be made from the agency as well as no extra payment will be made to agency for the same.
13. The contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent any nuisance or inconvenience to
the owners, tenants or occupiers of adjacent properties and to the public in general and to prevent
any damage to such properties and any pollution of smoke, streams and water-ways. He shall
make good at his cost and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge, any damage to roads,
paths, cross drainage work or public or private property whatsoever caused thereon by the
contractor. All waste or superfluous materials shall be carried away by the contractor without any
reservation entirely to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
14. Utmost care shall be taken to keep the noise level to the barest minimum so that no disturbance as
far as possible is caused to the occupants / users of building/adjacent properties.
15. The works shall be carried out in accordance with the Architectural drawings and structural
drawings to be issued/approved/NOC given from time to time by the Engineer-in-Charge. Before
commencement of any item of work, the contractor shall correlate all the relevant architectural and
structural drawings of the work and satisfy himself that the information available thereof is
complete and unambiguous. The discrepancy, if any shall be brought to the notice of the Engineer-
in-Charge before execution of the work. The contractor alone shall be responsible for any loss or
damage executing by the commencement of work on account of any discrepancy and/or
incomplete information.
Page 33
16. The Architectural drawings given in the tender other than those indicated in nomenclature of items
are only indicative of the nature of the work and materials/fixings involved unless and otherwise
specifically mentioned. However, the work shall be executed in accordance with the detailed
drawings to developed by the contractor‟s consultant after getting NOC from the Engineer-in-
Charge.
17. Other agencies may also be simultaneously executing works assigned to them for this Project and
the contractor shall coordinate and facilitate for the same. The contractor shall leave such
recesses, holes, openings trenches etc. as may be required for such related works (for which
inserts, sleeves, brackets, conduits, base plates, clamps etc. shall be supplied free of cost by the
department unless otherwise specifically mentioned) and the contractor shall fix the same at time
of casting of concrete, stone work and brick work, if required, and nothing extra shall be payable
on this account.
18. The contractor shall conduct work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress or completion
of the work being performed by other contractor(s) or by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall as far
as possible arrange his work and shall place and dispose of the materials being used or removed
so as not to interfere with the operations of other contractor or he shall arrange his work with that
of the others in an acceptable and coordinated manner and shall perform it in proper sequence to
the complete satisfaction of others.
19. Some restrictions may be imposed by the security agencies/client on the working hours and on
movement of labour, materials etc in the campus/site and may require issuing identity cards to all
persons authorized by contractor to do work / visit the work site. The contractor shall be bound to
follow all such restrictions / instructions and no claim whatsoever shall on this account will be
entertained. The loss of time on this account, if any, shall have to be made up by generating
additional resources etc.
20. The rates quoted by the contractor are deemed to be inclusive of site clearance, setting out work,
profile, establishment of reference bench mark, spot levels, construction of all safety and
protection measure, earth embankments, preparatory works, all testing of materials, working
during monsoon, working at all depths, height and locations etc. unless specified in the schedule
of quantities.
21. Royalty at the prevailing rates wherever payable shall have to be paid by the contractor on the
boulders, metal, shingle, sand and bajri etc. Or any other material collected by him for the work
direct to revenue authorities and nothing extra shall be paid by the department for the same.
22. No payment shall be made for any damage caused by rain, snowfall, flood or any other natural
calamity, whatsoever during the execution of the work until handing over to the client. The
contractor shall be fully responsible for any damage to the govt. property and work for which the
payment has been advanced to him under the contract and he shall make good the same at his
risk and cost. The contractor shall be fully responsible for safety and security of his material, T&P,
Machinery brought to the site by him.
23. The contractor shall deploy resources e.g. manpower, labour, T&P, Plant & Equipment etc.
as per actual requirement of work. No damages/compensation shall be payable on account
of idle manpower, labour, T&P, Plant and Equipment and loss of profit etc. for whatsoever
reason.
24. The rates for all items of work shall, unless clearly specified otherwise, include cost of all labour,
material, tools and plants and other inputs involved in the execution of the item.
25. The contractor (s) shall quote all-inclusive rates against the items in the schedule of quantities and
nothing extra shall be payable for any of the conditions and specifications mentioned. In the tender
documents unless specifically specified otherwise.
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 34
26. Unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities the rates for all items shall be considered
as inclusive of pumping/baling out water, if necessary, for which no extra payment shall be made.
Those conditions shall be considered to include water from any source such as inflow of flood,
surface and sub-soil water etc. and shall apply to the execution in any season.
27. The work shall be executed and measured as per metric dimensions given in the Schedule of
quantities, drawings etc. (FPS units wherever indicated are for guidance only).
28. Unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities, the rates tendered by the contractor shall
be inclusive of all costs & taxes/levies/royalties etc. and shall apply to all heights, leads and lifts
and nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
29. The foundation trenches shall be kept free from water while works below ground level are in
progress.
30. No foreign exchange shall be made available by the Department for importing (purchase) of
equipment, plants, machinery, materials of any kind or any other items required to be carried out
during execution of the work. No delay and no claim of any kind shall be entertained from the
Contractor, on account of variation in the foreign exchange rate.
31. All ancillary and incidental facilities required for execution of work like labour camp, stores,
fabrication yard, offices for Contractor, watch and ward, temporary ramp required to be made for
working at the basement level, temporary structure for plants and machineries,temporary
barricading or fencing around the working sites, water storage tanks, installation and consumption
charges of temporary electricity, telephone, water etc. required for execution of the work,
protection works, testing facilities / laboratory at site of work, facilities for all field tests and for
taking samples etc. during execution or any other activity which is necessary (for execution of work
and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge), shall be deemed to be included in rates quoted by the
Contractor. Nothing extra shall be payable on these accounts. Before start of the work, the
Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-Charge, a site / construction yard layout, specifying
areas for construction, site office, positioning of machinery, material yard, cement & other storage,
fabrication yard, site laboratory, water tank etc.
32. For completing the work in time, the Contractor might be required to work in two or more shifts
(including night shifts). Normally contractors shall not be allowed to execute the RCC, electrical
and finishing work at night. Work at night shall, however, be allowed if the site
conditions/circumstances so demand. No claim whatsoever shall be entertained on this account,
not with-standing the fact that the contractor may have to pay extra amounts for any reason, to the
labourers and other staff engaged directly or indirectly on the work according to the provisions of
the labour and other statutory bodies regulations and the agreement entered upon by the
contractor with them.
33. The contractor shall maintain in perfect condition, all portions executed till completion of the entire
work allotted to him. Where however phased delivery of work is contemplated these provisions
shall apply separately to each phase.
34. All material shall only be brought at site as per program finalized with the Engineer-in-Charge. Any
pre-delivery of the material not required for immediate consumption shall not be accepted and thus
not paid for.
35. The contractor(s) shall take instructions from the Engineer-in-Charge regarding collection and
stacking of materials at any place. No excavated earth or building rubbish shall be stacked on
areas where other buildings, roads, services and compound walls are to be constructed. The
stacking shall take place as per stacking plan however, if any change is required, the same shall
be done with the approval of Engineer-in-Charge.
Page 35
36. The Contractor shall bear all incidental charges for cartage, storage and safe custody of materials
issued by department/arranged by the contractor.
37. All mass Reinforced Cement Concrete work/RCC in Structural Members shall be design mix
concrete of specified grade. The contractor shall install on/near the project site automatic
batching plant of desired capacity to be approved by Engineer-in-charge for production of
design mix concrete which shall be used in the work or procure it from RMC plant to be
approved by Engineer-in-charge.
38. The terms machine batched, machine mixed, and machine vibrated concrete used elsewhere in
agreement shall mean the concrete produced in concrete batching and mixing plant and if
necessary transported by transit concrete mixers, placed in position by the concrete pumps, tower
crane and vibrated by surface vibrator /needle vibrator / plate vibrator, as the case may be to
achieve required strength and durability.
39. The cost of flooring is inclusive of providing sunken flooring in bath-rooms, kitchen, etc. and
nothing extra on this account shall be payable.
40. Any legal or financial implications resulting out of carriage of earth from outside or disposal of earth
shall be sole responsibility of the contractor. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
41. No chase cutting/dismantling of plaster/RCC/CC shall be allowed, so contractor has to execute the
electrical work accordingly. The work should be planned in a systematic manner so that chase
cuttings in the walls, ceilings and floors are minimized. Wherever absolutely essential, the chase
shall be cut using chase cutting machines. Chases will not be allowed to be cut using hammer /
chisel. The electrical boxes should be fixed in walls simultaneously while raising the brick work.
The contractor shall ensure proper coordination of various disciplines viz. sanitary & water supply,
electrical, fire-fighting and any other services.
42. The work of water supply, internal sanitary installations and drainage etc. shall be carried out as
per CPWD Specifications, NBC-2016 and bylaws of the Municipal Corporation or any other local
body and the contractor shall produce necessary completion certificates from such authority after
completion of work wherever applicable.
43. In case of local Municipal regulations / restrictions by client /non-availability space at site if huts for
labour are not allowed to be erected at the site of work, the contractor shall be required to provide
such accommodation at suitable place at his own cost and nothing extra shall be paid on this
account.
44. Any cement slurry added over base surface for continuation of concerting for better bond is
deemed to have been built in the items and nothing extra shall be payable and no extra cement
considered in consumption on this account.
45. Existing drains, pipes, cables, over-head wires, sewer lines, water lines and similar service
encountered in the course of the execution of work shall be protected against the damage by the
contractor at his own expense. In case the same are to be removed and diverted. The same shall
be payable to the contractor. The contractor shall work out the cost and the same shall be
approved by Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall not store materials or otherwise occupy any
part of the site in a manner likely to hinder the operation of such services.
46. The contractor shall be responsible for the watch and ward of the building complex and to
safeguard materials, equipment, fittings and fixtures provided by him against pilferage and
breakage during the period of installations and thereafter till the building is physically handed over
to the department. No extra payment shall be made on this account.
Page 36
47.1. Contractor shall provide permanent bench marks and other reference points for the proper
execution of work and these shall be preserved till the end of work. All such reference points shall
be in relation to the levels and locations, given in the Architectural and plumbing drawings.
47.2. The contractor shall establish, maintain and assume responsibility for grades, lines, levels and
bench marks. He shall report any errors or inconsistencies regarding grades, lines, levels,
dimensions to the Engineer-in-Charge before commencing work. Commencement of work shall be
regarded as the contractor's acceptance of such grades, lines, levels and dimensions and no claim
shall be entertained at a later date for any errors found.
47.3. If at any time, any error in this respect shall appear during the progress of the work, the contractor
shall, at his own expense rectify such error if so required to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
47.4. Though the site levels may be indicated in the drawings the contractor shall ascertain himself and
confirm the site levels with respect to GTS bench mark from the concerned authorities.
47.5. The approval by the Engineer-in-Charge of the setting out by the contractor shall not relieve the
contractor of any of his responsibilities.
47.6. The contractor shall be entirely and exclusively responsible for the horizontal, vertical and other
alignment, the level and correctness of every part of the work and shall rectify effectively any
errors or imperfections therein. Such rectifications shall be carried out by the contractor at his own
cost to the instructions and satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
48. DE-WATERING
48.1. De-watering required, if any, shall be done conforming to BIS Code IS: 9759 (guide lines for de-
watering during construction) and / or as per the specifications approved by the Engineer-in-
charge. Design of an appropriate and suitable dewatering system shall be the Contractor‟s
responsibility.
48.2. Such scheme shall be modified / augmented as the work proceeds based on fresh information
discovered during the progress of work, at no extra cost. At all times during the construction work,
efficient drainage of the site shall be carried out by the Contractor and especially during the laying
of plain cement concrete, taking levels etc. The Contractor shall also ensure that there is no
danger to the nearby properties and installations on account of such lowering of water table. If
needed, suitable precautionary measures shall be taken by the Contractor. Also the scheme of
dewatering adopted shall have adequate built in arrangement to serve as stand-bye to attend to
repair of pumps etc. and disruption of power / fuel supply. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
48.3. In trenches where surface water is likely to get into cut / trench during monsoons, a ring bund of
puddle clay or by any other means shall be formed outside, to the required height, and maintained
by the Contractor. Also, suitable steps shall be taken by the Contractor to prevent back flow of
pumped water into the trench. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
48.4. For works below ground level the contractor shall keep that area free from water. If dewatering or
bailing out of the water is required, the contractor shall do the same at his own cost and nothing
extra shall be paid. Nothing extra shall be paid for execution of work in or under water and / or
liquid mud including pumping out of water as required.
49.1. The Contractor shall prepare an integrated programme chart in MS Project/ Primavera software for
the execution of work, showing clearly all activities from the start of work to completion, with details
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 37
of manpower, equipment and machinery required for the fulfilment of the programme within the
stipulated period or earlier and submit the same for approval to the Engineer-in-Charge within ten
days of award of the contract. Non-submission of such programme shall attract the recoveries as
mentioned in the Schedule-F of the tender document.
(b) Network (PERT/CPM/BAR CHART) in MS Project/Primavera Software (For small works, Bar-
Chart in Excel sheet may be accepted as approved by Engineer-in-charge)
49.3. In addition to above, the contractor shall submit shuttering schedule adequate to complete
structure work within laid down physical milestone etc. and to achieve the progress of work as per
programme, he must bring sufficient shuttering material required for cement concrete and R.C.C.
works etc.
49.4. If at any time, it appears to the Engineer-in-Charge that the actual progress of work does not
conform to the approved programme referred above, the contractor shall produce a revised
programme showing the modifications to the approved programme to ensure completion of the
work. The modified schedule of programme shall be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Non-
submission of such revised programme shall attract the recoveries as mentioned in the Schedule-
F of the tender document.
49.5. The submission for approval by the Engineer-in-Charge of such programme or the furnishing of
such particulars shall not relieve the contractor of any of the duties or responsibilities under the
contract. This is without prejudice to the right of Engineer-in-Charge to take action against the
contractor as per terms and conditions of the agreement.
The contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge on the 7th day of each month, 2 hard copies
and one on soft copy (CD) of monthly progress report of the work. Such progress report will
include the project progress, summary, work progress (planned vs actual), CPM chart, status of
financial progress and achievement of milestone, manpower deployment status, inventory of
materials and photographs of important activities. For delay in submission of the report,
compensation @ Rs. 2000/- (Rupees Two Thousand only) per day of delay subject to maximum of
Rs.20,000/- for each report will be recovered from the amount payable to the contractor.
51.1. Contractor shall within two weeks of award of work, submit to the Engineer-in-Charge for his
approval, list of measures for maintaining safety of manpower deployed for construction.
51.2. Contractor shall provide barricading all around the construction site at his own cost for
segregating the construction site and also to control the dust pollution as per guidelines of
NGT and Local Bodies/Authorities. Entry to the site shall be controlled for proper security of
man and materials and to avoid accidents.
51.3. The Contractor(s) shall take all precautions to avoid accidents by exhibiting necessary caution
boards, day and night speed limit boards, red flags, red lights and providing barriers. He shall be
responsible for all damages and accidents caused to existing/new work due to negligence on his
part. No hindrances shall be caused to traffic during the execution of the work.
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 38
51.4. In case of any accident of labours / contractual staff‟s the entire responsibility will rest on the part
of the contractor and any compensation under such circumstances if becomes payable the same
shall be entirely borne by the contractor and department shall have no role on this account.
51.5. It shall be ensured by the contractor that no electric live wire is left exposed or unattended to avoid
any accidents in this regard.
51.6. Any trenching and digging for laying sewer lines/water lines/cables etc. shall be commenced by
the contractor only when all men, machinery‟s and materials have been arranged and closing of
the trench(s) thereafter shall be ensured within the least possible time.
51.7. For facia work, outer finishing and other RCC works etc. double steel scaffolding having two sets
of vertical supports with steel staircase for inspection of works by engineer in charge shall be used.
The supports shall be sound and strong, tied together with horizontal piece over which scaffolding
planks shall be fixed.
51.8. In the event of the contractor(s) committing a default or breach of any of the provisions of the
Central Public Works Department, Contractor‟s Labour Regulations and Model Rules for the
protection of health and sanitary arrangements for the workers as amended from time to time or
furnishing any information or submitting or filing any under the provisions of the above Regulations
and‟ Rules which is materially incorrect, he/they shall, without prejudice to any other liability, pay to
the Government of Rs.25,000/- per day for each day of default subjected to a maximum of 5
percent of the estimated cost of the work put to tender. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge
shall be final and binding on the parties.
51.9. The Contractor shall display all permissions, licenses, registration certificates, bar charts, other
statements etc. under various labour laws and other regulations applicable to the works, at his site
office.
52.1. Contractor has to follow the security requirement of the campus and obtain necessary entry
passes for the labour and vehicles and follow security checks at entry / exit gates, restriction on
movement of vehicle, restricted timings of working etc. The Department however shall assist the
contractor in obtaining such passes for movement of vehicles and labour. No claim whatsoever
shall be entertained on account of delay in entry of vehicles and labour including restrictions in
working hours, if there is any.
52.2. The contractor shall employ only Indian Nationals after verifying their antecedents and loyalty. The
contractor shall, on demand submit list of his agents, employees and work people concerned &
shall satisfy antecedents of such people.
52.3. The contractor & his work people shall observe all relevant rules regarding security promulgated in
which work is to be carried out by the Controlling Administrative Authority of the campus/area
(hereinafter referred to as “Administrator”).
52.4. The contractor, his representative, workman shall be allowed to enter through specified gates &
timing as laid down by the controlling authority. They shall be issued an identity card or an
individual pass in accordance with the standing rules & regulations & they should possess the
same while working. The contractor shall be responsible for the conduct & actions of his workmen,
agents/ representatives.
52.5. Normally contractor shall be allowed to carry out work between 7 AM to 6 PM. However, he may
also be allowed to carry out the work beyond 6 PM & up to 7 AM if the site
conditions/circumstances so demand with prior written permission from the “Administrator”.
However, if the work is carried out in more than one shift or at night, no claim on this account shall
be entertained.
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 39
52.6. Normally contractor‟s material / vehicles etc shall be allowed to move in / go-out between 7 AM to
7 PM only & no movement of material / vehicles out of work site shall be allowed during night
hours unless specific permission is obtained from the “Administrator”.
52.7. In case if a separate entry has been allowed, the contractor has to make all arrangement for
making a separate entry gate and barricading of the working area to segregate/separate the same
from other areas. All these have to be done by the contractor at his own cost including
safeguarding any untoward incident in the restricted area due to separate entry gate and
barricading arranged by the contractor. No extra amount on this account shall be payable by the
department.
52.8. In the event of any restrictions being imposed by the Security agency, CPWD, Traffic or any other
authority having jurisdiction in the area on the working or movement of labour /material, the
contractor shall strictly follow such restrictions and nothing extra shall be payable to the contractor
on such accounts. The loss of time on these accounts, if any, shall have to be made up by
augmenting additional resources whatever required. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
53.1. The contractor shall ensure quality construction in a planned and time bound manner. Any sub-
standard material/work beyond set out tolerance limit shall be summarily rejected by the Engineer-
in-Charge.
53.2. The contractor shall ensure quality control measures on different aspects of construction including
materials, workmanship and correct construction methodologies to be adopted. He shall have to
submit quality assurance programme within two weeks of the award of work. The quality
assurance programme should include method statement for various items of work to be executed
along with check lists to enforce quality control.
53.3. The contractor shall depute Quality Manager exclusively for enforcement of quality control. Such
Quality Manager should be a qualified engineer with minimum Eight years of similar experience.
For other staff to be deployed for quality assurance, the contractor may refer to clause 36(i) under
schedule “F” attached.
53.4. Wherever work is specified to be done through specialized agencies, their names shall be
got approved well in advance from Engineer in charge. Failure to do so shall not justify
delay in execution of work. It is suggested that immediately after award of work, contractor
should negotiate with concerned specialist agencies and send their names for approval to
Engineer in charge.
53.5. All materials obtained from Govt. Stores or otherwise shall be got checked by the Engineer-in-
Charge or his any authorized supervisory staff on receipt of the same at site before use.
53.6. The contractor shall provide at his own cost suitable weighing and measuring arrangements at site
for checking the weight / dimensions as may be necessary for execution of work. The sealed
samples are to be handed over to the testing lab by contractor in the presence of Junior
Engineer/Assistant Engineer-in-Charge of work.
53.7. Samples of various materials required for testing shall be provided free of charges by the
contractor. Testing charges, if any, unless otherwise provided shall be borne by the
contractor. All other expenditure required to be incurred for taking the samples;
conveyance, packing etc. shall also be borne by the contractor himself.
53.8. The contractor or his authorized representative shall associate in collection, preparation,
forwarding and testing of such samples. In case, he or his authorized representative is not present
Page 40
or does not associate him, the results or such tests and consequences thereon shall be binding on
the contractor.
53.9. For certain items, if frequency of tests not mentioned in the CPWD Specifications and then
relevant IS code shall be followed and tests shall be carried out as per the frequency specified
therein.
53.10. If any load testing or special testing is to be done for any sample whose strength is doubtful, the
cost of the same shall also be borne by the contractor.
53.11. Samples of all materials and fittings to be used in the work in respect of brand manufacturer and
quality shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge, well in advance of actual execution and
shall be preserved till the completion of the work. If a particular brand of material is specified in the
item of work in Schedule of Quantity, the same shall be used after getting the same approved from
Engineer-in-Charge. Wherever brand / quality of material is not specified in the item of work, the
contractor shall submit the samples as per approved list of brand names given in the tender
document / additional specifications for approval of Engineer-in-charge. For all other items,
materials and fittings of ISI Marked shall be used with the approval of Engineer-in-Charge.
Wherever ISI Marked material / fittings are not available, the contractor shall submit samples of
materials / fittings manufactured by firms of repute conforming to relevant specifications or IS
codes and use the same only after getting the approval.
53.12. In case of non-availability of material of the brands specified in the list of approved materials, an
equivalent brand may be used after getting written approval of the Engineer-in-charge giving
details to indicate the brand proposed to be used is equivalent to the brands mentioned in the
agreement. Decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding in this respect.
53.13. To avoid delay, contractor should submit samples as stated above well in advance so as to give
timely orders for procurement. If any material, even though approved by Engineer-in-Charge is
found defective or not conforming to specifications shall be replaced / removed by the contractor at
his own risk & cost.
53.14. The contractor shall get the source of all other materials, not specified elsewhere in the document,
approved from the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall stick to the approved source unless it
is absolutely unavoidable. Any change shall be done with the prior approval of the Engineer-in-
Charge for which tests etc. shall be done by the contractor at his own cost. Similarly, the
contractor shall submit brand/ make of various materials not specified in the agreement, to be used
for the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge along with samples and once approved, he shall stick
to it.
53.15. The contractor shall get the water tested with regard to its suitability and conforming to the relevant
IS Code. The contractor shall obtain written approval from the Engineer-in-Charge before he
proceeds by using the same for execution of work. The water testing charges shall be borne by the
contractor. If tube well water is not suitable, the contractor shall arrange Municipal water or from
any other source at his own cost and nothing extra shall be paid on this account. The water shall
be got tested at frequency specified in latest CPWD Specifications / BIS Code.
53.16. The Stone aggregate/stone, sand shall be brought from any quarries subjected to the said
materials conform CPWD specifications.
53.17. The gradation of fine sand to be used in plaster work shall be strictly as per CPWD Specifications
2019, conforming to IS:1542-1977. The plastered surface shall be fairly smooth without any
undulation of any kind for applying paint/white wash.
53.18. The contractor shall submit shop drawings of staging and shuttering arrangement, aluminium work
and other works as desired by Engineer-in-charge for his approval before execution. The
Page 41
contractor shall also submit bar bending schedule for approval of Engineer-in-charge before
execution.
53.19. The contractor shall invariably prepare the samples of finishing itemsi.e. flooring of different
types, external & internal finishing i/c colour scheme of paint, tiles in dado, flooring in platforms &
staircase, water supply & sanitary fittings and any other item as per direction of Engineer-in-
charge. The contractor shall proceed with further finishing items only after getting the samples of
these items approved in writing from Engineer-in-charge. Toilets and in case of construction of
suites/dormitories/night stay facilities, one sample room complete in all shape for each category,
shall be prepared by the contractor and got approved from Engineer-in-charge in writing. The
contractor shall be allowed to proceed with further quarters only after getting the sample room
approved in writing from Engineer-in-charge No extra claim whatsoever beyond the payments due
at agreement rates will be entertained from the contractor on this account.
53.20. The construction joints shall the provided in predetermined locations only as decided by Engineer
in charge. The cost of shuttering for these construction joints shall be included in item of Concrete
work / RCC work and nothing extra shall be payable on this account to the contractor.
53.21. Water tanks, taps, sanitary, water supply and drainages pipes, fittings and accessories should
conform to the specifications provided in bidding documents. The contractor(s) should engage
approved, licensed plumbers for the work and get the materials (fixtures/fittings) tested, by the
municipal Body/Corporation authorities, wherever required, at his own cost. The Contractor(s) shall
submit for the approval to the Engineer-in-Charge the name of the plumbing agency proposed to
be engaged by him.
53.22. All the hidden items such as water supply lines, drainage pipes, conduits, sewers etc. are to be
properly tested in presence of Engineer in charge as per the design conditions submitted before
covering.
53.23. The contractor shall give a performance test of the entire installation(s) as per standing
specifications before the work is finally accepted by making his own arrangements for water
supply, electricity etc. and nothing extra whatsoever shall be payable for the same.
53.24. Door/window frames/shutters and other factory-made materials shall be procured from reputed
and approved manufacturers or their authorized dealers. Decision of Engineer-in-charge in this
regard shall be final and binding.
53.25. The contractor shall render all help and assistance in documenting the total sequence of this
project by way of photography, slides, audio-video recording etc. nothing extra shall be payable to
the contractor on this account. However, cost of photographs, slides, audio-videography etc. shall
be borne by the department.
53.26. The work shall be carried out in accordance with the drawings to be issued from time to time by
the Engineer-in-Charge. Before commencement of any item of work, the contractor shall correlate
all the relevant drawings, nomenclature of item and specification etc. issued for the work and
satisfied himself for the information available there from is complete and unambiguous. The figure
and written dimension of drawing shall be superseding the measurement by scale. The
discrepancy if any, shall be brought to the notice of the engineer-in-charge before execution of the
work. The contractor along shall be responsible for any loss or damage occurring by the
commencement of work on the basis of any erroneous and/or incomplete information and no claim
whatsoever shall be entertained on this account.
i) The contractor shall construct storage space for Chemicals materials to ensure that the
storage conditions are as recommended by the manufactures.
Page 42
ii) All the materials shall be procured and delivered in sealed containers with labels legible
and intact.
iii) All the chemicals (polymers, epoxy, water proofing compound, anti-termite chemicals,
plasticizer, Polysulphide, SBR based elastomeric, APP (Atactic Polypropylene Polymer),
all exterior and interior paints, polish etc.) shall be procured in convenient packs say 20
litres/Kgs. capacity packing only or as approved by the Engineer-in-charge, and not in
bigger capacity containers, say 200 litre (Kgs.) drums unless otherwise specifically
permitted by the Engineer-in-charge. One sample from each lot of the chemical procured
by the contractor shall be tested in a laboratory as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
iv) All material required for the execution of the work shall be got approved, procured and
deposited with the Departmental supervisory staff. The materials shall be kept in joint
custody of the contractor and the Department. The watch and ward of such material shall,
however, remain to be the responsibility of the contractor and no claim, whatsoever, on
this account shall be entertained. Different containers of each chemical shall be serially
numbered on packing and also consumed in that order. Day- to-day account of receipt,
issue and balance shall be regulated by the Department and proper account shall be
maintained at site of work in the prescribed form as per the standard practice.
v) All the chemicals shall be procured by the contractor directly from the manufacturer. In
exceptional circumstances, the contractor may be allowed to procure the materials from
the authorized dealers of the manufacturers, if specifically permitted by the Engineer-in-
charge.
vi) The original copies of challan/cash memos towards the quantity of various chemicals
procured shall be made available by the contractor at the request from the Engineer- in-
Charge and a copy of the same shall be kept in record.
viii) The contractor shall submit for the chemicals procured, manufacturer‟s and / or authorized
dealer‟s certificate regarding supplying and verifying conformance to the material
specifications, as specified.
ix) All filled containers shall be handled in safe manner and in a way to avoid breaking
container seals.
x) Empty containers of the chemicals should not be removed from site till the completion of
work and shall be removed only with the written approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
xi) All arrangements for measuring, dosing and mixing of material / chemicals at site have to
be made by the contractor.
xii) Contractor shall suitably advise his site Engineer and all the workers as regards safe
handling of chemicals. Necessary protective and safety equipments in form of hand
gloves, goggles etc. shall be provided by the contractor and be also used at site.
xiii) All incidental charges of any kind including cartage, storage and wastage and safe custody
of material etc. shall be borne by the contractor and no claim, whatsoever, shall be
entertained on this account.
xiv) The chemicals shall be tested in an independent laboratory as approved by the Engineer-
in-charge at the frequency as specified. If required, more samples may have to be tested
as per the directions of the Engineer-in-charge. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
Page 43
account. However testing charges shall be borne by the department for the samples
satisfying the requirements specified in the tender.
(i) Laboratory at site: The contractor shall establish a testing lab at site and provide testing
equipment and materials for the field tests mentioned in the list of mandatory tests given in
CPWD Specifications 2019 Vol. 1 & 2. Nothing extra shall be payable to him on this
account. The representatives of the department shall be at liberty to inspect the testing
facilities at site and conduct testing at random in consultation with Engineer in charge.
The contractor shall provide all necessary facilities for the purpose.
Not less than 90% tests for material be performed at site lab, however at least 10% testing
of materials shall be got done from external laboratories. However, for the tests to be
carried out by the external laboratories, the contractor shall supply free of charge all the
materials required for testing, including transportation. If the tests which were to be
conducted in the site laboratory are conducted in other laboratories for any the reasons
the cost of such tests shall be borne by the contractor.
(ii) Other Laboratories: The contractor shall arrange carrying out all tests required under the
agreement through the laboratory as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall bear
all charges in connection therewith including charges for testing for all materials
including cementfor which separate condition is provided in the tender document.
(i) All the Site Registers including Tests registers for tests to be carried out at construction
site or in outside laboratories shall be maintained by the contractor which shall be issued
to the contractor by Engineer-in-Charge in the same manner as being issued to CPWD
field staff.
b) Cement register.
e) Paint register.
f) Inspection register.
g) Drawing register.
(iii) All the entries in the registers will be made by the designated engineering staff of the
contractor and same should be regularly reviewed by JE/AE/EE.
(iv) All the registers of tests carried out at construction site or in outside laboratories shall be
maintained by the contractor which shall be issued to the contractor by Engineer-in-
Charge in the same manner as being issued to CPWD field staff.
(v) All samples of materials including cement concrete cubes shall be taken jointly with
contractor by JE and out of this at least 50% samples shall be taken in presence of AE in
charge. If there is no JE, all samples of materials including cement concrete cubes shall
be taken by AE jointly with contractor. All the necessary assistance shall be provided by
the contractor. Cost of sampling & testing are to be borne by the contractor and he shall
be responsible for safe custody of samples to be tested at site/ outside laboratory.
Page 44
(vi) All the tests in field lab at construction site shall be carried out by the Engineering staff
deployed by the contractor and shall be 100% witnessed by JE and 50% of tests shall be
witnessed by AE–in-Charge. At least 10% of the tests are to be witnessed by the
Executive Engineer. Minimum 25% of all samples should be tested in outside approved
laboratory/ Govt. Engineering colleges.
(vii) Submission of copy of all test registers, material at site register along with each alternate
running account bill and final bill shall be mandatory. These registers should be duly
checked by AE(P) in division office.
(i) The under lying principle of assessing the quality of concrete is that comparatively higher
velocities are obtained when the quality of concrete in terms of density, homogeneity and
uniformly is good. The consistency of the concrete as regards its general quality gets
established. In case of poorer quality lower velocities are obtained. If there are cracks,
voids or flaws inside the concrete which come in the way of transmission of pulse, lower
velocities are obtained.
(ii) Velocity criterion for Concrete Quality Grading: The quality of concrete in terms of
uniformity, incidence or absence of internal flaws, cracks and segregation etc. indicative of
the level of workmanship employed, can thus be assessed using the guidance given in
table below, which have been evolved for characterizing the quality concrete in structure in
term of the ultrasonic pulse velocity.
(iii) Pulse velocity method of test of concrete is to be conducted for CPWD works as a routine
test. The acceptance criteria as per the above table will be applicable which is as per IS
13311 (part-1): 1992. From the above “Good” and “Excellent” grading are acceptable and
below these grading the concrete will not be acceptable
(iv) 5% of the total number of RCC members in each category i.e. beam, column, slab and
footing may be tested by UPV test method for establishing quality of concrete. It is
suggested that test be conducted on RCC beam near joint with column, on RCC column
near joint with beam, on RCC footings and rafts. On RCC rafts a suitable grid can be
worked out for determining number of tests. In addition, doubtful areas such as
honeycombed locations, locations, where continuous seepage is observed, construction
joints and visible loose pockets will also be tested.
(v) The test results are to be examined in view of the above acceptance criteria “Good” and
“Excellent” and wherever concrete is found with less than required quality as per
acceptance criteria, repairs to concrete will be made. Honeycombed areas and loose
pockets will be repaired by grouting using Portland Cement Mortar/Polymer Modifies
Cement Mortar /Epoxy Mortar etc. after chipping loose concrete in appropriate manner. In
areas where concrete is found below acceptance criteria and defects are not apparently
visible on surface, injecting approved grout in appropriate proportion using epoxy grout
/acrylic Polymer modified cements slurry made with shrinkage compensating cement /
plain cement slurry etc. will be resorted to for repairs. (refer relevant chapters from CPWD
Hand Book on Repairs and Rehabilitation of RCC Buildings). Repair to concrete will be
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 45
done till satisfactory results are obtained as per the acceptance criteria by retesting of the
repaired area. If satisfactory results are not obtained dismantling and relaying of concrete
will be done.
(i) Whenever any material brought by the contractor to the site of work is rejected, entry
thereof should invariably be made in the site order book under the signature of the
AE/AEE giving approximate quantity of such materials.
(ii) As soon as the material is removed, a certificate to that effect may be recorded by the
AE/AEE against the original entry, giving the date of removal a mode of removal i.e.
whether by truck, carts or by manual labour. If removal is by truck, the registration number
of the truck should be recorded.
(iii) When it is not possible for the AE/AEE to be present at the site of work at the time of
actual removal of the rejected/sub-standard materials from the site the required certificate
should be recorded by the Junior Engineer and the AE/AEE should countersign the
certificate recorded by the Junior Engineer.
In addition to the provisions of relevant clauses of the contract, the work shall also be open to
inspection by the senior officers of CPWD in addition of the Engineer-in-Charge and his authorized
representative. The contractor shall at times during the usual working hours and at all times at
which reasonable notices of the intention of the Engineer-in-Charge or other officers as stated
above to visit the works shall have been given to the Contractor, either himself be present to
receive the orders and instructions or have a responsible Site Engineer duly accredited in writing,
to be present for that purpose Senior Officers of CPWD Authorities shall be inspecting the on-
going work at site at any time with or without prior intimation.
In order to achieve a high standard of quality, it shall be required to go for Third Party Quality
Assurance. For this purpose, a separate agency may be appointed by CPWD who will carry out
independent testing of materials and checking and ensuring overall quality procedures. The
contractor shall be required to fully cooperate with agency and facilitate them in taking samples,
transportation and examination of various activities including documentation at no extra time and
cost to the owner. In case of any adverse findings by the agency, the contractor shall do the
needful rectifications at no extra time and cost to the owner. The Engineer-in-charge shall be at
liberty for getting quality assurance work done through agencies like IIT, NIT or any other agency
approved by competent authority at its own cost (Cost of appointment of TPQA shall be borne
by department. However, charges for testing of material shall be borne by agency). The
successful tenderer shall include the provisions of Quality Assurance while framing the proposed
methodology for tests.
54.1. On completion of work, the Contractor(s) shall submit four (04) sets of “As Built Drawings” which
shall include Building Drawings (Architectural & structural drawings) and services drawings like
drainage, sewerage, water supply, road and electrical installations of the completed
buildings/services. These drawings shall have details of layout with diameter of soil waste pipe and
vertical stacks, ground and invert levels of all drainage pipes together with locations of all
manholes and connections, layout of all water supply lines with diameters, locations of control
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 46
valves, access panels etc. The agency shall also submit at least 2 sets of above drawings in soft
copy (Both PDF & AutoCAD format) in DVDs.
54.2. Contractor shall submit literatures, manuals, warranty certificates etc. of various fittings, fixtures
and equipment and specialized items installed in the completed building/services.
54.3. Final bill will not be paid, and Security Deposit shall not be released until submission of as
built drawings as above.
Contractor shall not divert any advance payments or part thereof for any work other than that
needed for completion of the contracted work. All advance payments received as per terms of the
contract (i.e. mobilization advance, secured advance against materials brought at site, secured
advance against plant & machinery and/or for work done during interim stages, etc.) are required
to be re-invested in the contracted work to ensure advance availability of resources in terms of
materials, labour, plant & machinery needed for required pace of progress for timely completion of
work.
56.1. Contractor shall comply all the Conditions, Procedures, Guidelines issued time to time by
authority of Central/State Govt. in case of pandemic situations (e.g. COVID) and emergency
measures imposed under Graded Response Action Plan (GRAP) to prevent deterioration of
air quality. The Contractor shall quote the rates considering all these factors and nothing
extra shall be paid on this account.
Page 47
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1.1. The contractor shall procure 43/53 grade Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC) conforming to
IS:8112/Portland Pozzolana Cement (PPC) conforming to IS: 1489 (Part-I) as required in the work,
from reputed manufacturers of cement (as provided in list of approved makes) or from any other
reputed cement Manufacturer having a production capacity not less than one million
tonnes per annum as approved by ADG/SDG.
The tenderers may also submit a list of names of cement manufacturers which they propose to use
in the work. The tender accepting authority reserves right to accept or reject name(s) of cement
manufacturer(s) which the tenderer proposes to use in the work. No change in the tendered rates
will be accepted if the tender accepting authority does not accept the list of cement manufacturers,
given by the tenderer, fully or partially.
Supply of cement shall be made in 50 kg bags bearing manufacturer‟s name and ISI markingor
through cement bulker. Samples of cement arranged by the contractor shall be taken by the
Engineer-in-Charge and got tested in accordance with provisions of the relevant BIS codes. In
case the test results indicate that the cement arranged by the contractor does not confirm to the
relevant BIS code the same shall stand rejected and shall be removed from the site by the
contractor at his own cost within a week‟s time of written order from the Engineer-in-charge to do
so.
1.2. The cement shall be got tested by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall be used on the work only after
satisfactory test results have been received. The contractor shall supply free of charge the cement
required for testing including its transportation cost to test laboratories. The cost of tests shall be
borne by the contractor
1.3. The actual issue and consumption of cement on work shall be regulated and proper accounts
maintained as provided in clause 10 of the contract. The theoretical consumption of cement shall
be worked out as per procedure prescribed in clause 42 of the contract and shall be governed by
conditions laid therein. Less than theoretical consumption of cement shall not be allowed and in
case of excess consumption, no cost adjustment shall be paid.
1.4. The cement brought to site and the cement remaining unused after completion of the work shall
not be removed from site without the written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.
1.5. The damaged cement shall be removed from the site immediately by the contractor on receipt of a
notice in writing from the Engineer-in-Charge. If he does not do show within three days of receipt
of such notice, the Engineer-in-Charge shall get it removed at the cost of the contractor.
Page 48
2.0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR STEEL REINFORCEMENT BARS:
2.1. The Contractor shall procure IS marked Corrosion Resistant Steel (CRS) TMT reinforcement
bars of various grades only from Reputed Steel manufacturers such as SAIL, Tata Steel Ltd,
RINL, Jindal Steel & Power Ltd and JSW Steel Ltd.
2.2. For reinforced cement concrete or pre-stressed concrete works, the TMT reinforcement bars shall
be Corrosion Resistant Steel (CRS) i.e. Low Alloy Steel with improved corrosion
resistanceconforming to IS:1786 - 2008 (Indian Standard Specification for high strength deformed
steel bars and wires for reinforcement)of the following grades: Fe 415, Fe 415D, Fe 415S, Fe
500D, Fe 500S and Fe 550D as per specification/nomenclature of the item.
2.3. The contractor shall obtain manufacturer‟s certificate stating the process of manufacture, chemical
composition, and test sheet giving result of each mechanical test applicable to the material
purchased and submit it to the Engineer-in-charge. Each test certificate shall indicate the number
of the cast to which it applies corresponding to the number or identification mark to be found on
the material.
2.4. The Engineer-in-charge shall get each consignment tested for both chemical composition and
physical properties (including bend and re-bend test) as specified in IS:1786 from approved labs
as per OM No. DG/SOP/24 dated 03.09.2021 as amended from time to time. It may be noted
that Mechanical properties of Corrosion Resistant Steel (CRS)/Low Alloy Steel reinforcement
bars shall be conforming to mechanical properties of equivalent grade of normal TMT
reinforcement bars as per IS:1786, however, its Chemical properties shall be complying with
guidelines pertaining to Low Alloy Steel in IS:1786.
2.5. In case the test results indicate that the steel arranged by the contractor does not conform to the
specifications, the same shall stand rejected, and it shall be removed from the site of work by the
contractor at his cost within a week time or written orders from the Engineer-in-Charge to do so.
2.6. The steel reinforcement shall be stored by the contractor at site of work in such a way as to
prevent distortion and corrosion and nothing extra shall be paid on this account. Bars of different
sizes and lengths shall be stored separately to facilitate easy counting and checking.
2.7. For checking nominal mass, tensile strength, bend test, re-bend test etc. specimen of sufficient
length shall be cut from each size of the bar at random at frequency not less than that specified
below:
Size of bar For consignment below 100 tonnes For consignment above 100 tonnes
Under 10mm dia. One sample for each 25 tonnes or One sample for each 40 tonnes or
bars part thereof part thereof
10mm to16mm dia One sample for each 35 tonnes or One sample for each 45 tonnes or
bars part thereof part thereof
Over 16mm dia One sample for each 45 tonnes or One sample for each 50 tonnes or
bars part thereof part thereof
2.8. The contractor shall supply free of charge the steel required for testing including transportation to
testing laboratories. The cost of tests shall be borne by the contractor.
2.9. The actual issue and consumption of steel on work shall be regulated and proper accounts
maintained as provided in clause 10 of the contract. The theoretical consumption of steel shall be
worked out as procedure prescribed in clause 42 of the contract and shall be governed by
conditions laid therein. Less than theoretical consumption of reinforcement shall not be allowed
and in case of excess consumption, no cost adjustment shall be paid.
Page 49
2.10. Steel brought to site and steel remaining unused shall not be removed from site without the written
permission of the Engineer-in-charge.
2.11. Steel bars brought by the contractor for use in the work shall be got checked from the Engineer-in-
Charge or his authorized representative of the work on receipt of the same at site before use.
2.12. In case the contractor brings surplus quantity of steel the same after completion of the work will be
removed from the site by the contractor at his own cost after approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
2.13. Reinforcement including authorized spacer bars and overlaps shall be measured in length of
different diameters, as actually (not more than as specified in the drawing) used in the work,
nearest to a centimetre. Wastage and unauthorized overlaps shall not be measured.
2.14. The standard sectional weights referred to as in Table 5.4 under para 5.3.4 in CPWD
Specifications for works 2019 Vol. 1 will be considered for conversion of length of various sizes of
MS bars, Tor steel bars and TMT bars into standard weight.
2.15. Records of actual sectional weight shall also be kept dia-wise & lot-wise. The average sectional
weight for each diameter shall be arrived at from samples from each lot of steel received at site.
The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final for the procedure to be followed for
determining the average sectional weight of each lot. Quantity of each diameter of steel received
at site of work each day will constitute one single lot for the purpose. The weight of steel by
conversion of length of various sizes of bars based on the actual weighted average sectional
weight shall be termed as derived actual weight.
2.16. If the derived weight as in para 2.14 above is lesser than the standard weight as in para 2.13
above, the derived actual weight shall be taken for payment. If the derived actual weight is found
more than the standard weight, then the standard weight as worked out in para 13 above shall be
taken for payment. In such case nothing extra shall be paid for the difference between the derived
actual weight and the standard weight.
2.17. Mixing of different type of steel/different grades of steel shall not be allowed in the same structural
members as main reinforcement to satisfy clause 26.1 of IS:456.
3 Over 16 mm -4%
Page 50
3.0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR PREVENTION OF AIR POLUTION AS PER DIRECTIVES OF
NATIONAL GREEN TRIBUNAL (NGT):
3.1. The contractor shall not store/dump construction material or debris on metalled road.
3.2. The contractor shall get prior approval from Engineer-in-charge for the area where the construction
material or debris can be stored beyond the metalled road. This area shall not cause any
obstruction to the free flow of traffic/inconvenience to the pedestrians. It should be ensured by the
contractor that no accidents occur on account of such permissible storage.
3.3. The contractor shall take appropriate protection measures like raising wind breakers of appropriate
height on all sides of the plot/area using CGI sheets or plastic and/or other similar material to
ensure that no construction material dust fly outside the plot area.
3.4. The contractor shall ensure that all the trucks or vehicles of any kind which are used for
construction purpose or are carrying construction material like cement, sand and other allied
materials are fully covered. The contractor shall take all necessary precautions that the vehicles
are properly cleaned and dust free to ensure that enroute their destination, the dust, sand or any
other particles are not released in air / contaminate air.
3.5. The contractor shall provide mask to every worker working on the construction site and involved in
loading, unloading and carriage of construction material and construction debris to prevent
inhalation of dust particles.
3.6. The contractor shall provide all medical help, investigation and treatment to the workers involved in
the construction of building and carry of construction material and debris relatable to dust
emission.
3.7. The contractor shall ensure that C&D waste is transported to the C&D waste site only and due
record shall be maintained by the contractor.
3.8. The contractor shall ensure compulsory use of wet jet in grinding and stone cutting.
3.9. The contractor shall comply all the preventive and protective environmental steps as stated in the
MoEF guidelines, 2010.
3.10. The contractor shall carry out on road inspection for black smoke generating machinery. The
contractor shall use cleaner fuel.
3.11. The contractor shall ensure that all DG sets comply emission norms notified by MoEF.
3.12. The contractor shall use vehicles having pollution under control certificate. The emissions can be
reduced by a large extent by reducing the speed of a vehicle to 20 KMPH. Speed bumps shall be
used to ensure speed reduction. In cases where speed reduction cannot effectively reduce fugitive
dust, the contractor shall divert traffic to nearby paved areas.
3.13. The contractor shall ensure that the construction material is covered by tarpaulin. The contractor
shall take all other precaution to ensure that no dust particles are permitted to pollute air quality as
a result of such storage.
3.14. The paving of the path for plying of vehicles carrying construction material is more permanent
solution to dust control and suitable for longer duration projects.
Page 51
PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIVIL WORKS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Except for the items, for which Particular Specifications are given herein or where it is specifically
mentioned otherwise in this bid document, the work shall generally be carried out in accordance
with the “CPWD Specifications - 2019 (Vol. I & II) for Civil works or their latest version with up to
date correction slips and CPWD Specification for Horticulture works with up to date correction slips
(hereinafter to be collectively referred to as „CPWD Specifications‟). Wherever CPWD
Specifications are silent, the latest BIS Codes/Specifications, National Building Code-2016,
MoRTH Specification, Manufacturers Specifications, Sound Engineering practices or well-
established local construction practices as decided by the Engineer-in-charge shall be followed.
1.2 A reference made to any Indian Standard Specifications in these documents, shall imply to the
latest version of that standard, including such revisions / amendments as issued by the Bureau of
Indian Standards up to last date of receipt of tenders. The Contractor shall keep at his own cost all
such publications of relevant Indian Standard applicable to the work at site.
1.3 Unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities, the rates for all items of the work shall be
considered as inclusive of pumping out or bailing out water if required for which no extra payment
will be made. This will include water encountered from any source, such as rains, floods subsoil
water table being high due to any other cause whatsoever.
2.1 The work shall be done in accordance with CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol. I & Vol. II and
National Building Code 2016 with up to date correction slips.
2.2 Excavation shall be undertaken to the width of the Basement / Retaining wall footing including
necessary margins for construction operation as per drawing or directed otherwise. Where the
nature of soil or the depth of the trench and season of the year, do not permit vertical sides, the
contractor at his own expense shall put up the necessary shoring, strutting and planking or cut
slopes with or without steps, to a safer angle or both with due regard to the safety of personnel
and works and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, Measurement of plan area of excavation for
payment shall be permitted only. Nothing extra shall be paid for making steps and slopes etc. as
required.
2.3 The contractor shall make at his own cost all necessary arrangements for maintaining water level,
in the area where works are under execution low enough so as not to cause any harm to the works
or problems in carrying out with the execution and the rates for all items of work shall be
considered as inclusive of pumping out or bailing out water, if required, for which no extra payment
shall be made. This will include water coming from any source, such as rains, accumulated rain
water, floods, leakages from sewer and water mains, subsoil water table being high or due to any
other cause whatsoever. The contractor shall make necessary provision of pumping, dredging,
and bailing out water coming from all above sources and excavation and other works shall be kept
free of water by providing suitable system approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
2.4 Sub-soil water table at work site is reported to be more than 30m below general ground level. The
water level may vary due to rainy season or due to dewatering etc. in order to avoid possibility of
basement floor of building being getting uplifted/damaged due to water pressure, the contractor
shall make arrangement for lowering the ground water table below the proposed foundation level
as approved by Engineer-in-charge. Sub soil water table shall be maintained at least 50 cm below
the P.C.C. level during laying of P.C.C., water proofing treatment, laying of basement raft and
beams including filling of earth/sand under the basement floor. The water table shall not be
allowed to rise above base of raft level until completion of outer retaining walls including water
proofing of vertical surface of walls and back filling along the walls up to ground level and until the
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 52
structure attains such height to counter balance the uplift pressure. However, the contractor should
inspect the site and make his own assessment about sub-soil water level likely to be encountered
at the time of execution and quote his rates accordingly. Rate of all items are inclusive of pumping
out or bailing out water, if required. Nothing extra on this account whatsoever shall be paid to him
unless otherwise specified. The sequence of construction shall be got approved by the Engineer-
in-charge.
2.5 All the major excavation shall be carried out by mechanical excavator. No extra payment shall be
made for that.
2.6 Any trenching and digging for laying sewer lines/water lines/cables etc. shall be commenced by
the contractor only when all men, machinery‟s and materials have been arranged and closing of
the trench(s) thereafter shall be ensured within the least possible time.
2.7 The rates are inclusive for all depths & nothing extra shall be paid for additional lift etc.
3.1 The work shall be done in accordance with CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol. I & Vol. II with up to
date correction slips.
3.2 Steel shuttering as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be used by the contractor. Minimum
size of shuttering plates shall be 600mm x 900mm except for the case when closing pieces
required to complete the shuttering panels. Dented, broken, cracked, twisted or rusted shuttering
plates shall not be allowed to be used on the work.
3.3 The shuttering plates shall be cleaned properly with electrically driven sanders to remove any
cement slurry or cement mortar or rust. Proper shuttering oil or debonding compound shall be
applied on the surface of the shutter plates in the requisite quantity before assembly of steel
reinforcement.
3.4 The joint filler shall be resilient closed cell expanded polyethene and non-tainting.
3.5 Providing joint filler of required thickness in position to substrate using either double sided foam
adhesive tape or neoprene synthetic rubber adhesive. When forming expansion joint with the
Board in in-situ concrete, joint sealing slots can be readily formed in the following matter-
a) Before installing, simply cut off a strip of the required depth. Then install the filler flush with the
finished surface.
b) Prior to sealing, the top strip can then be pulled easily from the joint to provide an
uncontaminated sealing slot ready for preparation and sealing.
4.0 REINFORCEMENT
4.1 The reinforcement shall be done as per CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol. I & Vol. II with up to
date correction slips.
4.2 The item of reinforcement of RCC work includes all operations including straightening, cutting,
bending, welding, binding with annealed steel or welding and placing in position at all the floors
with all leads and lift complete as per CPWD Specification - 2019 - Vol. I & Vol. II with up to date
correction slips.
4.3 To avoid displacement of bars in any direction and to ensure proper cover, only factory-made
round type/rectangular cover blocks shall be used by the contractor. Nothing extra shall be
payable on this account.
Page 53
5.1 The work shall be done in accordance with CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol. I & Vol. II with up to
date correction slips.
5.2 If the quantity of cement actually used in the work is found to be more than the theoretical
quantity of cement including authorized variation, nothing extra shall be payable to the
contractor on this account.
5.3 For non-scheduled items, the decision of the Superintending Engineer regarding theoretical
quantity of the cement which should have been actually used shall be final and binding on the
contractor.
6.1 The RCC work shall be done with Design Mix Concrete unless otherwise specified in the
nomenclature of items, wherever letter M has been indicated, the same shall imply for the Design
Mix Concrete. The Design Mix Concrete will be designed based on the principles given in IS:456,
IS:10262 and SP 23. The concrete mix shall be designed for specified target mean compressive
strength in order to ensure that the work test results do not fall below the acceptance criteria
specified for the concrete mix. The contractor shall design mixes for each class of concrete
indicating that the concrete ingredients and proportions will result in concrete mix meeting
requirements specified. The cement shall be actually weighed as presumption of each bag having
50 kg shall not be allowed. In case of use of admixture, the mix shall be designed with these
ingredients as well. The specification mentioned herein below shall be followed for Design Mix
Concrete.
6.1.1 INGREDIENTS:
Cement: Cement arranged by the contractor will be PPC (in bags) conforming to
IS : 1489 : Part-I, If for any reasons, cement other than that specified in this para, for example PPC
of grade 43 or higher grade is brought to site by contractor, the issues like payments rate as well
as the quantity to be used in the design mix concrete will remain unchanged.
The contractor shall not be paid anything extra for admixture required for achieving desired
workability without any change in specified water cement ratio for RCC / CC work.
6.1.2 WORKABILITY: The Concrete mix will be designed for minimum workability as specified in para 7
of IS:456-2000. Workability of Concrete (Unless otherwise specified elsewhere or as decided by
Engineer-in-charge. The recommended values of slump for various members are given below:
6.1.3 GRADE OF CONCRETE: The compressive strength of various grades of concrete shall to be
given as below:
Compressive
Grade Specified characteristic Minimum Maximum
strength on 15 cm
designation compressive strength at cement quantity water
cubes min. 7 days
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 54
(N/mm2) 28 days (N/mm2) (Kg. per cum) cement ratio
Note: In the designation of concrete mix letter M refers to the mix and the number to the specified
characteristic compressive strength of 15 cm – Cube at 28 days expressed in N/mm2
6.1.4 CEMENT CONTENT: It is specifically highlighted that in addition to the above requirements the
maximum cementitious content * for any grade shall be limited to 430 kg / cubic metre.
The minimum cement content of Mix design shall be as per CPWD Specifications and relevant
DSR Items.
6.1.5 MIX DESIGN: The concrete design mix with or without admixture will be carried out by the
contractor through IIT/NIT/Reputed Govt. Engineering Institutions/ Approved Laboratories as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge at his own expenses for designing the concrete mix in
accordance with relevant IS Codes and to conduct laboratory test to ensure the target strength
and workability criteria for a given grade of concrete
The various ingredients for mix design / laboratory tests shall be sent to the lab / test houses
through the Engineer-in-charge immediately after award of work and the samples of such
aggregate sent shall be preserved at site by the department. The admixture if used by
contractor shall be at his own cost without any extra payment.
The contractor shall submit the mix design report from any of above approved laboratories for
approval of Engineer-in-charge within 30 days from the date of issue of letter of acceptance of the
tender.
In case of change of source or characteristic properties of the ingredients used in the concrete mix
during the work, a revised laboratory mix design report conducted at laboratory established at site
shall be submitted by the contractor as per the direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
6.1.6 APPROVAL OF DESIGN MIX: The mix design for a specified grade of concrete shall be done for a
target mean compressive strength Tck = Fck + 1.65s
The degree of quality control for this work is “good” for which the standard deviation (s) obtained
for different grades of concrete shall be as per IS 456 : 2000.
Out of the six specimens of each set, three shall be tested at seven days and remaining three at
28 days. The preliminary tests at seven days are intended only to indicate the strength to be
attained at 28 days.
6.1.7 CHARGES FOR DESIGN MIX: All cost of mix design and testing connected therewith including
charges payable to the laboratory shall be borne by the contractor.
6.2.1 PROPORTIONING CONCRETE: In proportioning cement concrete, the quantity of both cement
and aggregates shall be determined by weight. The cement shall be weighed separately from the
aggregates. Water shall either be measured by volume in calibrated tanks or weighed. All
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 55
measuring equipment shall be maintained in a clean and serviceable condition. The amount of
mixing water shall be adjusted to compensate for moisture content in both coarse and fine
aggregates. The moisture content of aggregates shall be determined in accordance with IS : 2386
(Part III). Suitable adjustments shall also be made in the weights of aggregates to allow for the
variation in weight of aggregates due to variation in moisture content.
6.2.2 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE: The concrete shall be produced in a central batching and mixing
plant with, computerized printing for contents and admixture dosage, producing at least 15 Cum
concrete per hour. The batching plant shall be fully automatic. Automatic batcher shall be charged
by devices which, when actuated by a Single starter switch will automatically start the weighing
operation of each material and stop automatically, when the designated weight of each material
has been reached. The batching plant shall have automatic arrangement for dispensing the
admixture and shall also be capable of discharging water in more than one stage. A print out from
the batching plant for every lot shall be submitted. A batching plant essentially shall consist of the
following components:
Separate storage bins for different sizes of aggregates, silo for cement and water storage tank.
Batching equipment
Mixers
Control panels
The compartments of storage bins for aggregates shall be approximately of equal size. The
cement compartment shall be centrally located in the batching plant. It shall be watertight and
provided with necessary air vent, aeration fittings for proper flow of cement & emergency cement
cut off gate. The aggregate and sand shall be charged by power operated centrally revolving
chute. The entire plant from mixer floor upward shall be enclosed and insulated. The batch bins
shall be constructed so as to by self-cleansing during drawdown. The batch bins shall in general
conform to the requirements of IS:4925.
The batching equipment shall be capable of determining and controlling the prescribed amounts of
various constituent materials for concrete accurately i.e. water, cement, sand, individual size of
coarse aggregates etc. The accuracy of the measuring devices shall fall within the following limits.
6.2.3 MIXING CONCRETE: The mixer in the batching plant shall be so arranged that mixing action in
the mixers can be observed from the operator's station. The mixer shall be equipped with a
mechanically or electrically operated timing, signalling and metering device which will indicate and
assure completion of the required mixing period. The mixer shall have all other components as
specified in IS:4925.
6.2.4 TRANSPORTATION, PLACING AND COMPACTION OF CONCRETE: Mixed concrete from the
batching plant shall be transported to the point of placement by transit mixers or through concrete
pumps or steel closed bottom buckets capable of carrying 0.6 cum concrete. In case the concrete
is proposed to be transported by transit mixer, the mixer speed shall not be less than 4 rev/ min. of
the drum nor greater than a speed resulting in a peripheral velocity of the drum as 70 m / minute at
its largest diameter. The agitating speed of the agitator shall be not less than 2 rev / min. nor more
Page 56
than 6 rev / min. of the drum. The number of revolutions of the mixing drum or blades at mixing
speed shall be between 70 to 100 revolutions for a uniform mix, after all ingredients, have been
charged into the drum. Unless tempering water is added, all rotation after 100 revolutions shall be
at agitating speed of 2 to 6 rev / min. and the number of such rotations shall not exceed 250. The
general construction of transit mixer and other requirements shall conform to IS:5892.
In case concrete is to be transported by pumping, the conduit shall be primed by pumping a batch
of mortar / thick cement slurry through the line to lubricate it. Once the pumping is started, it shall
not be interrupted (if at all possible) as concrete standing idle in the line is liable to cause a plug.
The operator shall ensure that some concrete is always there in the pump-receiving hopper during
operation. The lines shall always be maintained clean and shall be free of dents.
Materials for pumped concrete shall be batched consistently and uniformly. Maximum size of
aggregate shall not exceed one-third of the internal diameter of the pipe. Grading of aggregate
shall be continuous and shall have sufficient ultra-fine materials (materials finer than 0.25mm).
Proportion of fine aggregates passing through 0.25mm shall be between 15 & 30% and that
passing through 0.125 mm sieve shall not be less than 5% of the total volume of aggregate. When
pumping long distances and through hot weather, set-retarding admixtures may be used.
Admixtures to improve workability can be added. Suitability of concrete shall be through pumping
shall be verified by trial mixes and by performing pumping tests.
For each mix, a set of six cubes shall be made from each of the three consecutive batches. Three
cubes from each set of six shall be tested at age of 7 days and remaining three cubes at age of 28
days. The cubes shall be made, cured, transported and tested strictly in accordance with
specifications. The average strength of nine cubes at age of 28 days shall exceed the specified
target mean strength for which design mix has been approved, the evaluation of test results will be
done as per IS : 456-2000.
6.3.1 TEST SPECIMEN: Work strength test shall be conducted in accordance with IS:516 on random
sampling. Each test shall be conducted on six specimens, three of which shall be tested at 7 days
and remaining three at 28 days. Additional samples shall be prepared, if required, as per direction
of Engineer-in-charge for testing samples cured by accelerated method as described in IS : 9103.
6.3.2 TEST RESULTS OF SAMPLE: The test results of the sample shall be the average of the strength
of three specimen. The individual variation shall not be more than + - 15 percent of the average. If
more, the test results of the sample are invalid. 90% of the total tests shall be done at the
laboratory established at site by the contractor and remaining 10% in the laboratory of Central
Designs Organisation, CPWD or in any other laboratory as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
6.3.3 STANDARD FOR ACCEPTANCE: Standard of acceptance shall be same as specified in clause
16 of IS 456-2000.
6.3.6 RATE:
6.3.6.1 The rate includes the cost of materials and labour involved in all the operations described above
including for the cost of centring, shuttering and reinforcement.
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 57
6.3.6.2 In case of actual average compressive, strength being less than specified strength which shall be
governed by para “Standard of Acceptance” as above the rate payable shall be worked out
accordingly on pro-rata basis.
The contractor shall take remedial measures necessary to retain the structure as approved by the
Engineer-in-charge without any extra cost. However, for payment, the basis of rate payable to
contractor shall be governed by the 28 days cube test results and reduced rates shall be regulated
in accordance with para 5.4.13 of Revised CPWD Specification 2019, Vol.-I.
7.1 Pre-cast reinforced concrete units shall be of grade or mix as specified. Provision shall be made in
the mould to accommodate fixing devices such as hooks, flats etc. And forming of notches and
holes. Each unit shall be cast in one operation. A sample of the unit shall be got approved from
Engineer-in-Charge before taking up the work.
7.2 Pre-cast units shall be clearly marked to indicate the top of member and its locations.
7.3 Pre-cast units shall be stored, transported and placed in position in such a manner that these are
not damaged.
8.1 Unless otherwise specified FPS Bricks shall be used in all items of brick work. The classification
of bricks brought by the contractor shall strictly conform to CPWD Specifications – 2009 Vol-1 & II
with upto date correction slips or as specified. The work shall also include for leaving chases /
notches for dowels / cramps for all kinds of cladding to come over brick work.
9.2 The Blocks wherever used shall be of minimum 250 mm thickness except partition walls where
150mm thickness may be allowed.
9.3 Polymer modified adhesive mortar shall be used for construction of masonry walls as per the
approval of Engineer in Charge and manufacturer‟s specifications. Adequate mesh mechanism of
membrane fabric as per manufacturer specification will be necessary to avoid ingress / transgress
of thermal cracks in the joints of the masonry.
9.4 Wherever required RCC Bands of required thickness (minimum 100mm thick) at every one (01)
metre interval in vertical plane shall be provided by the contractor in the masonry walls as a part of
scope of work.
9.5 For Low height Masonry Walls, RCC Coping shall be provided of required sizes as per drawing
and direction of Engineer in charge.
9.6 The blocks shall not be soaked in water and instead they shall be dipped in water and taken out
immediately to have only moist surface.
9.7 Bed joint 2 Nos. 6mm dia reinforcement bars may be placed in the joints after every 3rd course to
have good lateral stability.
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 58
9.8 It shall be ensured that the lintels rest at either end of window opening only on full block and not on
half or part blocks. Reinforcement shall be placed in the sill course of window openings in two
successive horizontal joints and extend the same at least to 600 mm on either side of the jamb
surface.
9.9 At a RCC column interface an MS anchor ("L" shape), of size 50x4 mm, 300 mm long out of which
100 mm length of L fixed on column using minimum two SS screws with PVC sleeves and 200 mm
side of L embedded in masonry, be placed and fixed with screws at every 4th course so as to
anchor the wall with RCC column for better lateral stability.
9.10 Curing of the masonry shall be done only by spraying water and no flooding shall be done by
water jets / buckets.
9.11 Preferably Pre-Cast Concrete Solid Block M10 as per CPWD Specifications will be used in the toe
wall, boundary wall and other masonry work below plinth/ foundation. These Blocks shall be
manufactured from C&D materials from the approved manufacturers.
9.12 Wherever required and considered by Engineer-in-charge necessary to use clay FPS bricks, the
same shall be used in the work with mortar as per CPWD specification. These shall also in the
scope of work and tendered amount.
10.0 SCAFFOLDING
10.1 Double steel scaffolding having two sets of vertical supports shall be provided. The supports shall
be sound and strong, tied together with horizontal pieces over which scaffolding planks shall be
fixed.
11.1 The execution of stones work shall be in general as per CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol. I & Vol.
II with up to date correction slips.
11.2 All holes, rebates, recesses etc. for providing fixing and inserts shall be predrilled and pre-cut and
worked using precision machine tools. Nothing extra on this account shall be payable.
11.3 SAMPLES FOR STONE WORK: Samples of each item of stone work either individually or in
combination shall be prepared for approval of Engineer-in-Charge before commencement of work.
11.4 Sequence of execution for cladding work shall be suggested by the contractor for approval of
Engineer-in-Charge.
12.1 The wood work in general shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications - 2019 Vol. I & II with
up to date correction slips.
12.2 The samples of species of timber to be used shall be got approved and deposited by the
contractor with the EE before commencement of the work. The contractor shall produce cash
vouchers and certificates from kiln seasoning or/and chemical treatment plants about the timber
section to be used on the work having been kiln seasoned or/and chemically treated by them.
12.3 Factory made shutter as specified shall be obtained from factories approved by the Engineer in
charge. The contractor shall inform well in advance to the Engineer-in-charge the names and
address of the factory from where the contractor intends to get the shutters manufactured. The
contractor will place order for manufacture of shutters only after written approval of the Engineer-
in-charge in this regard is given. The contractor is bound to abide by the decision of the Engineer-
in-charge and recommend a name of another factory from the approved list in case the factory
already proposed by the contractor is not found competent to manufacture quality shutters.
Shutters will however be accepted only if this meet the specified tests. The contractor will also
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 59
arrange stage wise inspection of the shutters at factory to the Engineer-in-charge or his authorized
representative. Contractor will have no claim if the shutters brought at site are rejected by
Engineer-in-charge in part or in full lot due to bad workmanship / quality even after inspection of
factory. Such shutters will not be measured and paid, and the contractor shall remove the same
from the site of work within 7 days after the written instruction in this regard are issued by Engineer
in Charge or his authorized representative.
12.4 All fittings and fixtures shall be got approved from the Engineer-in Charge before procurement well
in advance and the approved samples shall be kept at site till completion of the work.
12.6 The shape and size of beading shall be as per drawings. The joints of beading shall be mitred.
13.1 Work shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol. I & Vol. II with up to date
correction slips.
13.2 The rate of T- angle iron frame shall include the following.
(a) M.S. sill/tie of 10mm dia bar welded to T-iron frames to keep the frames vertical in correct
position. The sill / tie shall be embedded in floor concrete. No tie is necessary for window
frames.
(b) Each T – iron frame for doors shall have 4 Nos. M.S. lugs 15x3mm, 10 cm long welded to
each vertical member of the frame.
(c) M.S. flat 6 x 25mm, 100mm long having threaded holes (No. of flats shall correspond to the
no. of butt hinges to be fixed to door / window shutters) shall be welded at appropriate places
at the back of the T-iron frames for fixing the required butt hinges to the frame with machine
screws.
13.3 All welded structural steel work shall be tested for quality of weld as laid down in IS:822-1970
before actual erection if required.
14.1 All work in general shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications- 2009 - Vol.I & Vol. II with upto
date correction slips.
14.2 Various types of flooring, skirting, dado and window sill work shall be carried out by the contractor
referring the Schedule of finishes / floor finishing layouts as per Architectural drawings.
14.3 Whenever flooring is to be done in patterns tiles/ stone, the contractor shall get samples of each
pattern laid and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before final laying of such flooring for which
nothing extra shall be paid.
14.4 Different stones/ tiles used in pattern flooring as per the approved architectural drawings and
nothing extra for laying pattern flooring shall be paid. No additional wastage if any shall be
accounted for any extra payment.
14.5 The proper gradient shall be given to flooring for toilets, varrandah, kitchen, court yard, etc. as per
the directions of Engineer-in-Charge. For this there may be extra thickness of dry mortar below the
tiles/stone slabs. These gradients should be insured in the shuttering itself. Nothing extra shall be
paid for this as this is included in the tendered cost.
14.6 The rate of items of flooring is inclusive of providing sunken flooring in bathrooms, kitchen etc. and
nothing extra on this account is admissible. The samples of flooring, dado & skirting as per
Page 60
approved pattern shall be prepared & got approved from the Engineer-in-charge before execution
of work.
14.7.1 Work shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications- 2009 Vol I & II with up to date
correction slips and as per manufactures specifications.
14.7.2 Rates shall be inclusive of all operations including labour, material, T&P, scaffolding etc.
complete. Nothing extra shall be payable on any account.
14.7.3 One-piece Granite stone for treads / risers in staircase shall be used and nothing extra
shall be paid on this account.
14.8 Contractor shall need to protect the finished floor surface during execution of other activities using
Cello or approved equivalent bubble guard of minimum 500 GSM thick (minimum size 8‟ x 4‟),
fixing the same over floor surface with mastic tape or another approved adhesive. Removing
protective layer during handing over, disposal of all debris out of site, cleaning the entire covered
flooring area as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
15.1 GENERAL: The contractor shall apply all materials, labour, tools, ladders, scaffolding and other
equipment necessary for the completion and protection of all stainless-steel work.
15.2 MATERIAL: All stainless-steel pipes and plates shall conform to AISI 316 grade and the relevant
clauses associated with this grade of steel to be followed.
15.3 SURFACE FINISH: Surface finish of all the stainless-steel materials will be in 240 grit satin finish /
matt finish.
15.4 ACCESSORIES: Fixing will be done by stainless steel expansion bolts of approved size and make
as per Engineer-in-charge and welding to be done by using organ welding rods and the surface
being duly finished and cleaned by K2 passivation, which is nitric acid plus fluoric acid solution
treatment by which the chances of corrosion will be eliminated, and any burn out makes on the
metal will also be eliminated.
15.5 COATING MASS: All stainless-steel material will have to be coated by a solution of Inox to avoid
finger in prints and avoidance of settlement of environment / atmospheric dust.
16.0 FINISHING:
16.1 The work shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications- 2019 Vol.-I & Vol. II with up to date
correction slips.
16.2 All painting material shall be brought to the site of work in the original sealed containers. The
material brought to the site of work shall be sufficient for at least 30 days of work. The material
shall be kept under the joint custody of contractor and representative of the Engineer-in-Charge.
The empty contains shall not be removed from the site till the completion of the work without
permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.
17.1.1 Work under this section shall consist of providing and fixing and installing all sanitary fittings/
fixtures, chromium plated fittings and accessories minimum as indicative schedule of finishes.
17.1.2 Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing the sanitary fixtures & fittings shall include the
following:
Page 61
Sanitary fixtures
17.1.3 Whether specifically mentioned or not all fixtures and appliances shall be provided with all fixing
devices, nuts, bolts, screws, hangers as required.
17.1.4 All exposed pipes within toilets and near fixtures shall be chromium plated brass or copper unless
otherwise specified.
17.2.1 All materials, sanitary fixtures and fittings shall be new and of best quality confirming to CPWD
specifications and subject to the approval of Engineer in charge.
17.2.2 All Appliances, fixtures and fittings shall be provided with all such accessories as are required to
complete the item in working condition whether specifically mentioned or not specifications, and
drawings. Accessories shall include proper fixing arrangement, brackets, nuts, bolts, screws and
required connection pieces.
17.2.3 Fixing screws shall be half round head chromium plated brass screws with C.P. washers where
necessary.
17.2.4 Porcelain sanitary ware shall be glazed vitreous china of first quality free from warps, cracks and
glazing defects confirming to I.S. 2556.
17.2.5 Sinks for pantry or kitchen shall be stainless steel or as specified in the Drawings.
17.2.6 Chromium plated fittings shall be cast brass chromium plated of the best quality approved by
Engineer in charges.
17.2.7 All Appliances, fittings and fixtures shall be fixed in a neat workmanlike manner true to level and
heights shown on the drawings and in accordance with the manufacturer‟s recommendations.
Care shall be taken to fix all inlet and outlet pipes at correct positions at proper location and height.
Faulty locations shall be made good and any damage to the finished floor, Filing Plaster, Paint,
insulation shall be made good by the Contractor at his own cost.
17.2.8 Sanitary appliances, subject to the type of appliance and specific requirements, shall be fixed in
accordance with the relevant standards and the following:
a) Contractor shall, during the entire period of installation and till hand over protect the
appliances by providing suitable cover or any other protection so as to absolutely prevent
any damage to the appliances until handing over. (The original protective wrapping shall
be left in position for as long as possible).
b) The appliance shall be fixed in a manner such that it will facilitate subsequent removal if
necessary.
c) All appliances shall be securely fixed. Manufacturers‟ brackets and fixing methods shall be
used wherever possible. Compatible rust- proofed fixings shall be used. Fixing shall be
done in a manner that minimizes noise transmission.
d) Pipe connections shall be made with demountable unions. Pipe work shall not be fixed in a
manner that it supports or partially supports an appliance.
f) Appliances shall be fixed true to level firmly fixed to anchor or supports provided by the
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 62
manufacturer and additional anchors or supports where necessary.
g) Manufacturer Warrantee certificate for all the fixtures will be handed over to client (PNB)
upon handing over of building upon completion of all works (except O&M). The period of
warrantee will start from date of handing over of building to client (PNB).
17.3.1 Sanitary fittings and fixture shall be of premium quality of approved make, minimum as per
indicative schedule of finishes and Architectural drawings, requirement of space, location complete
in all respects including accessories, labour, workmanship etc. Colour shade, shape, size shall be
selected and approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
17.3.2 All appliances, fixtures and fittings shall be tested before and after installation. Water seals of all
appliances shall be tested. The Contractor shall block the ends of waste and ventilation pipes and
shall conduct an air test with a pressure of 38mm water gauge for minimum of 3 minutes in
accordance with BS: 5572.
17.4.1 Internal drainage scheme shall be designed by the contractor and got approved by Engineer in
charge.
17.4.2 Work under this section shall consist of providing and fixing all labour, materials and T&P, required
to completely install all soil, waste, vent, rain water pipes and fittings as per relevant BIS codes
and CPWD specifications.
17.4.3 Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing, the soil, waste, vent, rain water pipe system
shall include the following:
a) Soil waste and vent pipes (Vertical and Horizontal) fittings, joints, clamps and connections
to sewer line as per approved.
d) Rain water pipes & fitting (Terrace Rain Water and Balcony Drain).
e) All pipe fittings exposed or on wall shall be painted with two or more coat of desired shade
and colour. All sanitary fittings should be supported with proper hanging arrangement.
g) Any exposed rainwater or other pipes in balcony etc. to be covered with GRC or other
suitable material as approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
h) Arrangement for drainage of condensation water from VRV unit in balcony and from indoor
units the drainage pipes shall be suitably covered.
i) The scope also includes access doors/opening for clean out, accessible for maintenance
i/c MS ladder, platform etc. at suitable locations with primer and paints complete.
18.1.1 The work shall be carried out through an approved specialized agency, who shall furnish all
materials, labour, accessories, equipment, tool and plant and incidentals required for providing and
installing aluminium doors, windows, claddings, louvers and other items as called for on the
drawings. The specialized agency for the Aluminium work shall be got approved from the
Engineer-in-charge, well before actual commencement of the item of work. Necessary
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 63
performance certificates in respect of agencies proposed to be engaged shall be submitted within
30 days from the date of issue of acceptance letter to substantiate technical capability and
experience of the agency for prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
18.1.2 The drawings and specifications cover the major requirement only. The supplying of additional
fastenings, accessory features and other items not mentioned specifically herein, but which are
necessary to make a complete installation shall be a part of this contract.
18.2 General:
18.2.1 Work shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications- 2019 Vol. I & Vol. II with up to date
correction slips.
18.2.2 Aluminium doors, windows etc. shall be of sizes, section details as shown on the drawings. The
details shown on the drawings indicate generally the sizes of the components parts and general
standards. These may be varied slightly to suit the standard adopted by the manufacturer. Before
proceeding with any manufacturing, the contractor shall prepare and submit complete
manufacturing and installation drawings for approval of the Engineer-in-Charge and no work shall
be performed until the approval of these drawings is obtained.
The contractor shall submit the shop drawings of doors. Windows, louvers, cladding and other
aluminium work, based on architectural drawings, to the Engineer-in-Charge for his approval. The
drawings shall show full size sections of doors, windows etc. thickness of metal (i.e. wall
thickness), details of construction, sub frame/ rough ground profile, anchoring details, hardware as
well as connection of windows, doors and other metal work to adjacent work. Samples of all joints
and methods of fastening and joining shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge for approval
well in advance of commencing the work.
18.4 Samples:
Samples of doors, windows, louvers etc. shall be fabricated, assembled and submitted to the
Engineer-in-Charge for his approval. They shall be of sizes types etc. as decided by Engineer-in-
Charge. All samples shall be provided at the cost of the contractor.
18.5 Sections:
Minimum doors and windows shall be fabricated from extruded section of profile of detailed on
drawings. The sections shall be extruded by the manufacturers approved by the Engineer-in-
charge. The aluminium extruded sections shall conform IS designation 63400-WP (HV9WP Old
designation) with chemical composition and technical properties as per IS:733 and IS:1285. The
permissible dimensional tolerance of the extruded sections shall be such as not to impair the
proper and smooth function/ operation and appearance of doors and windows.
18.6 Fabrication:
Doors, windows, etc. shall be fabricated to sizes as shown at factory and shall be of section, sizes
combinations and details as shown in the Architectural Drawings. All doors, windows etc. shall
have mechanical joints. All members shall be accurately machined and fitted to form hairline joints
prior to assembly. The joint and accessories such as cleats, brackets, etc. shall be of such
materials as not to cause any bimetallic action. The fabrication of doors, windows, etc. shall be
done in suitable sections to facilitate easy transportation, handling and installation. Adequate
provision shall be made in the door and window members for anchoring to support and fixing of
hardware and other fixtures as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Page 64
All aluminium sections shall be powder coated 50 microns to required colour as specified in the
item and as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. Polythene tape protection shall be applied on the
powder coated section before they are brought to site. All care shall be taken to ensure surface
protection during transportation, storage at site and installation. The tape protection shall be
removed on installation. The samples will be tested in the approved laboratory and cost of
samples, cost of testing, shall be borne by the contractor.
All aluminium members shall be wrapped with approved self-adhesive non- staining masking
tapes.
18.9.1 Fabricated materials shall be stacking in an approved manner to protect the material against any
damage during transportation. The loading and unloading shall be carried out with utmost care, on
receipt of materials at site, they shall be carefully examined to detect any damaged pieces.
Arrangements shall be made for expeditious replacement of damaged piece/ parts. Materials
found to be acceptable on inspections shall be repacked in crates and stored safely.
18.9.2 In the case of Composite windows and doors, the different units are to be assembled first. The
assembled Composite units should be checked for line, level and plumb before final fixing is done.
Units may be serial numbered and identified as how to be assembled in their final location of
situation so warrants.
18.9.3 Where aluminium comes into contact with masonry brickwork, concrete, planter or dissimilar
metals, it shall be coated with approved insulation lacquer, paint or plastic tape to ensure that
electro- chemical corrosion is avoided. Insulation material shall be trimmed off to a clean flush line
on completion.
18.9.4 The contractor shall be responsible for assembling Composite, bedding and filling the groove with
backup roads polysulphide sealant inside and outside, placing the doors, windows etc. in their
respective opening. After the doors/ windows have been fixed in their correct assigned position,
the open hollow sections abutting masonry concrete shall be fitted with approved polysulphide
sealant densely packed and neatly finished.
18.9.5 The contractor shall be responsible for doors, windows, etc. being set straight plumb, level and for
their satisfactory operation after fixing is complete.
18.10 Installation
18.10.1 Just prior to installation the doors, windows etc. shall be un-crated and stacked on edge on level
bearers and supported evenly. The frame shall be fixed into position true to line and level using
adequate number of expansion machine bolts, anchor fasteners of approved size and
manufacturer and in an approved manner. The holes in concrete/ masonry members for housing
anchor bolts shall be drilled with an electric drill.
18.10.2 The doors, windows assembled as shown on drawings shall be placed in correct final position in
this opening and marks made on concrete members at jambs, sills and heads against the holes
provided in frames for anchoring. The frame shall then be removed from the opening and laid
aside. Neat hole with parallel sides of appropriate size shall then be drilled in the concrete
members with an electric drill at the marking to house the expansion bolts. The expansion bolts
shall then be inserted in the holes, struck with a light hammer till the nuts is forced into the anchor
shell. The frame shall then be placed in final position in the opening and anchored to the support
through cadmium plated machine screws of required size threaded to expansion bolts. The frame
shall be set in the opening by using wooden wedges at supported and bar plumbed in position.
The wedges shall invariably be placed at meeting points of glazing bars and frames.
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 65
18.11 Neoprene Gaskets:
The contractor shall provide and install Neoprene gaskets of approved size and profile at all
locations as shown and as called for to render the doors, windows etc. absolutely air tight and
weather tight. The contractors shall produce samples of the gaskets for approval and procure after
approval only.
18.12 Fittings:
Hinges, stays, handles, tower bolts, locks and other fittings shall be of excellent quality and
manufacturers shall be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The manufacturer immediately prior to the commencement of glazing shall adjust and set all
windows and doors and accept responsibility for the satisfactory working of the opening frames.
The gaps between frames and supports and also any gaps in the windows section shall be raked
out as directed and filled with mastic cement of approved colour and make to ensure complete
water tightness. The mastic cement shall be of such colour and Composition that it would not stain
the masonry/ concrete work, shall receive paint without bleeding, will not sag and shall not set
hard or dry out under any conditions of weather. The samples of mastic cement to be used for this
purpose shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before its actual use.
18.15 Sealant:
18.15.1 Use modified silicone for joint subject to movement and in glazing.
18.15.2 Surfaces to receive sealant shall be properly prepared, cleaned, primed and excess sealant
removed from finished surfaces.
18.16 Glazing:
18.16.2 The glazing system shall be designed to this end use a continuous EPDM compression gasket on
both sides (Present Gasket on one side of glazing pocket and roll in gasket on another side). A
continuous wet seal shall be employed to ensure a complete water tightness.
18.16.3 Maintain a minimum glazing bite, edge clearance and surface clearance depending on the glass
as recommended by the glass manufacturer.
18.17.1 Sealant and gasket shall be provided wherever shown in the drawings or required for a
permanently weather tight installation. The sealing mechanism is necessary but is not indicated, it
shall be of type recommended by the sub- contractor and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
18.17.2 All adjoining surfaces shall be protected to receive sealant against staining by masking and/ or
other methods.
18.17.3 Joints and joint surfaces shall be clean, dry, and free of any material that may have an adverse
effect on the bonding and/ or seal of the sealant and gasket materials.
Page 66
18.17.4 Apply sealant and gasket under the conditions recommended by the manufacturer(s). Prime all
surface to receive sealant and gasket unless recommended otherwise, use no sealant that has
started to set in its container or a sealant that has exceeded the self-life published by the
manufacturer.
18.17.5 Fill all joints continuously and completely with sealant, forming a neat, uniform, concave bead.
Finish the material flush with adjoining surfaces unless shown on the drawings. All sealant
surfaces shall be tooled smooth.
18.17.6 Tensile or shear stress in structural silicone sealant joint shall not exceed 1.4 kg/ sqm.
18.18 Protection & Cleaning: The contractor shall adequately protect all components and accessories
from damage during shipments, storage at job site, erection and after completion of the work. At
such time as may be directed, the sub-contractor shall remove all protective tapes or coating,
thoroughly clean all anodized aluminium and glass surfaces with suitable cleaning agent, make
final adjustments to all ventilators, etc. and hardware leaving all in first class working order.
18.19.1 The various tests on aluminium sections shall be conducted in accordance with the relevant IS
codes.
18.19.2 The minimum number of tests for powder coating and corrosion resistance shall be as given
below:
18.19.3 The samples of major member of each unit of doors/ windows shall be selected at random by
Engineer-in-Charge as such that all the aluminium section be got tested.
18.19.4 The cost of samples, carriage or the samples and testing charges, if any, shall be borne by the
contractor.
The Aluminium sections shall conform to the provisions of the relevant items. For payment
purpose only, actual weight of sections shall be taken into account. However, if the sectional
weight of any Aluminium section is higher than the permissible variation then the weight payable
shall be restricted to the weight of the section including permissible variation.
18.21 Measurement:
Payment by weight shall be made for Aluminium sections including beading only and all fixing
angles cleats fittings and fixtures such as handles and hinges etc., shall not be included in the
weight to be paid.
18.22 Rates:
The rates of the items shall include the cost of all materials, labours and inputs required
18.23 Factory made glazed Steel/Aluminium Doors, Windows &Ventilators shall be manufactured in a
workshop approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
19.1 Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining “No objection Certification from Fire Department for
the executed work. Accordingly, Metal Fire check door/ window/ partition shall be executed in all
Staircase, Passage, Lobby, Electric shafts and anywhere required at site as per requirement of
Fire Department / NBC-2016. The Item should be executed by a specialized agency. Necessary
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 67
shop drawings for the fire door /window/ partition shall be prepared by the specialized vendor and
submitted to Engineer-in charge for approval. Only after approval, the specialized vendor goes
ahead with procuring and installing the doors, windows & partitions etc.
Note: Low voltage shaft door and frame shall not be fire rated but match the fire doors in
appearance. The door and frame shall be of polyester powder coated aluminium/ GI with 6mm
thick toughened glass glazing with locking arrangement and necessary fittings.
19.2 The work shall be done in accordance with CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol. I & Vol. II and
National Building Code 2016 with up to date correction slips
19.2.1 Fire check doors shall be of 2-hour fire rated and shall satisfy the performance criteria of Fire
Resistance - Stability, Fire Integrity and Insulation as per BS:476 Part-22 and IS:3614 Part-II as
below:
Stability: The fire check door should not collapse during the rated period of fire under the specified
fire conditions. The fire check doors provide safe access to the escape route in the building
namely protected corridors and staircase.
Integrity: The fire check doors should not allow the passage of hot gases or the flames or the
flames through the rebate or the gap between the door frame and shutters for the duration of its
fire rating.
o
Insulation: The mean temperature of fire door on unexposed side should not exceed 140 C above
ambient temperature for the duration of its fire rating.
19.2.2 Testing:
One door assembly shall be selected at random out of the entire lot, one for single leaf and one for
double leaf and shall be tested for two hours fire rating. The testing shall be got done from CBRI,
Roorkee or any other accredited NABL test laboratory approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The
cost of materials, for testing and transportation/packing, testing charges and other incidental
charges, shall be borne by the contractor. In case the door fails to meet the requirement, the
entire lot shall be rejected.
20.1 General:
The work shall be carried out through an approved specialized agency, who shall furnish all
materials, labour, accessories, equipment, tool and plant and incidentals required for providing and
installing Structural Glazing work. The specialized agency shall be got approved from the
Engineer-in-charge, well before actual commencement of the item of work. Necessary
performance certificates in respect of agencies proposed to be engaged shall be submitted within
30 days from the date of issue of acceptance letter to substantiate technical capability and
experience of the agency for prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
The Contract Documents define only the design intent and general performance requirements.
The Contractor is entrusted with total responsibility for design, structural calculations, shop
drawings, fabrications, installation, warranties, certifications and related documentation.
The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for the design, fabrication and erection of the systems,
and all work shall be performed entirely by his own forces.
Page 68
The Contractor shall provide to sealant manufacturer samples of all relevant substrates, including
finished aluminium, coated glass, gaskets, setting blocks and brackets.
Sealant manufacturer shall perform tests to verify adhesion, staining and chemical compatibility.
The Contractor shall use sealants and substrates only in combinations for which favourable
addition and compatibility results have been obtained.
Aluminium surfaces in contact with mortar, concrete, plaster, masonry, wet application of the fire
proofing and absorptive materials shall be coated with an anti- galvanic, moisture barrier material.
Detailed bar chart & showing all activities from macro to micro details.
Structural design and engineering fabrication, supply and erection of the Structural/ Structural
Glazing wall system including but not limited to the following:
A continuous gutter system at each floor of the unitized Structural Glazing wall.
20.3 Samples:
Sample of one typical panel shall be fabricated, assembled and installed for approval. It shall be of
type as per approved drawings. All samples shall be provided at no cost to the Project In-charge.
The Contractor should possess adequate engineering background and facilities inclusive of trained
system personnel from their parent company and should be able to prove their design and
engineering capabilities to meet structural design parameters. The Contractor should carry
adequate Professional Indemnity Insurance supporting a design warranty to the benefit of the
Project In-charge. Copies of the same to be forwarded to the Project In-charge within 2 weeks of
signing the Agreement.
The Contractor shall submit structural calculations for the system and it shall be stamped and
signed by a qualified structural engineer, including mock-up complying with current design rules of
the relevant aluminium code include analysis for wind, dead loads, deflections and if appropriate
seismic loads on framing members and anchors. All Structural Glazing shall have mechanical
joints shall be designed IS 875.
The design shall also ensure that the maximum deflection of any member shall not exceed 1/175
of the span between supports or 20mm, whichever is less for vertical elements & 1/250 of the span
between supports for horizontal elements. Air leakage through windows should not exceed 0.60
Cu.ft/Sq.ft. Minimum design pressures both inward, outward and acting perpendicular to glass
(including return surfaces) shall be per the requirements the Indian Wind Loading Code IS 875
Part 3 and earthquake regulations.
The framing members should be designed such that deflection perpendicular to the wall plane of
any unsupported span shall not exceed 1/175 or 20mm whichever is the least, under the required
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 69
design load both positive and negative. Also, no failure of structural silicone Jolts, damage to
joinery, components, or permanent set in the framing members in excess of 0.2 percent of the
span shall occur under 1.5 times the design load. Deflection in the wall plane of any glazed
horizontal span should not exceed ½ the glass edge clearance dimension below.
The Contractor shall also submit the calculations for the structural silicone joint, size as required.
A complete drainage system must be incorporated into the Structural Glazing wall frame. Water
leakage and condensation shall be drained or discharged to exterior face of the wall and all
internal spaces shall be vented by acceptable means to ensure air-pressure equalization when
possible.
Drainage system shall be sealed off per floor height to prevent infiltrated water from leaking to
lower floors.
Movement of water behind and on exposed surfaces must be controlled to ensure that water is not
retained and that elements will not be damaged or corroded by water and to minimize the potential
for algae and fungus growth as a result of standing or trapped water.
The Contractor shall prepare detailed shop drawings incorporating all allowances for construction
and fabrication tolerances.
The Contractor shall submit detailed shop drawings for the Structural wall system, aluminium
composite panel cladding works to the Project In-charge for review.
The Architect‟s review will be conformance to the design concept and for the general arrangement
only. And such review shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibilities as stated herein or
any other applicable items herein specified.
The Shop drawings shall show joinery techniques, provisions for horizontal and vertical expansion,
glass and metal thickness, framing and anchor member profiles, identification all materials
including metal alloys, glass types, fasteners and glazing materials, all shop and field sealants by
product name. This shall also show relative
layout of all adjacent walls, beams, columns and slabs with all dimensions to each other and grid
lines/ dimension position of glass edge relative to metal daylight, anchorage details to the building
structure and coping details at the parapet are also to be submitted. The drawing shall also
indicate all gaskets, weather strips and Aluminium extrusions.
Shop Drawings shall be signed and sealed by a Qualified Structural Engineer with specific
experience in Structural Glazing Wall construction and design.
20.7 Samples:
The Contractor shall submit samples for review three (3) sets of labelled samples of each required
type and colour of metal finish, on300mm long sections of aluminium extrusion shapes. Samples
must show extremes of colour texture variation. Samples will be reviewed by Project In-charge for
colour and texture only. Compliance with other requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor.
Colour and texture range of production material shall match approved samples.
Project In-charge reserves the right to require samples which will show the fabrication techniques
and workmanship of the component parts, and the design of accessories and other exposed
auxiliary items, before fabrication of this work proceeds.
The Contractor shall also submit samples for review three (3) sets of labelled samples of sealant
backers, anchor components, anchor assemblies and epoxies.
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 70
Aluminium:
Extruded aluminium sections should conform to BIS designation HE9WP/HV9WP, the chemical
composition requirements of IS:733, and technical properties as laid down in IS:1285. Standard
commercial tolerances shall apply to finished, fabricated and assembled materials.
The sections of mullions and transoms shall be designed to withstand deflection and wind
pressure as described in specifications and shall be rigid enough to support and retain the glass
and other construction variation as indicated.
Reinforcing member, where used, shall be completely enclosed and if fabricated from steel shall
be galvanized and protected with two coats of zinc chromate where welded shall be treated in the
same way.
The frames shall be formed by integrated PVDF 3 coats (40 – 45 microns) as per AAMA 2605
specification aluminium section with provision to receive fixed glass spandrel and other
construction variation as indicated.
Sections of the frame shall be cut and profiled for assembly in the best workman like manner and
finished in a neat and weatherproof construction with proper tempering of aluminium sections.
All dimensions of the Structural Glazing wall shall conform to the overall sizes shown on the
drawings. They shall be fabricated to proven and tested detail designs. All parts shall be supplied
ready for fixing and complete with all necessary fittings. The exact dimensions for frame work shall
be physically checked at site before starting fabrication.
All joints shall be mechanical, jointed with aluminium angles with stainless steel screws.
The Contractor shall send a sample of PVDF 3 coats (40 – 45 microns) as per AAMA2605
specification aluminium section & selected glass to the silicon sealant manufacturer and get his
approval. A copy of that certificate to be submitted to Project-In-charge. The cost of samples,
carriage of the samples and testing charges, if any shall be borne by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall submit, for record only, glass manufacturer‟s written statement that any
insulated glass, reflective glass and spandrel glass is supported by structural silicone is suitable for
such application.
The colour/ shade of sealant shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge and the Contractor to get
approval before procurement.
Providing and fixing aluminium semi unitized vertical Structural glazing system with glazed vision
panel and spandrel panel of approved make having main frame of verticals and horizontals made
out of specially designed extruded aluminium sections to withstand wind pressure at a height of
40m and fabricated, fixed at all levels, elevation and heights to the Masonry / RC walls with
necessary clamps, brackets and anchor fasteners. All clamps and brackets shall be Mild Steel Hot
dip galvanized minimum 80 microns thick and shall conform to IS: 4759-1996. The extruded
aluminium section shall be anodized in approved colour with an anodic coating of minimum 20
microns. Extruded section shall be of 6063 T5 or T6 alloy conforming to ASTM B 221. Any other
fastening straps, nuts, bolts, rivets, washers, Fire stops at all floor levels etc. shall be in stainless
steel SS 304 grade. All tapes shall be of approved make. The system shall be designed to
withstand a wind pressure of 200 kg/Sqm and shall be fixed to the masonry/RC walls with
necessary clamps, brackets and anchor fasteners, clamps and brackets shall be Hot dip
galvanized minimum 80 microns thick all complete as per manufacturer's manual and
specifications. The spandrel panel shall have 50mm thick fiber glass insulation of 48 kg/Cum
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 71
density of approved make conforming to IS-8183 and 1.0 mm thick Twiga black tissue conforming
to BS 476 Part 7. This insulation shall be enclosed in a GI tray fabricated out of 1mm thick. GI
sheet and fixed to the glazing framework with stainless steel fasteners. The gap between the GI
framework and the concrete framework shall be sealed with Aluminium flashing fixed with stainless
steel fasteners. All gaps shall be sealed with Silicone sealant of approved brand. Insulation should
be provided in between the Structural glazing aluminium frame work (i.e., behind the spandrel
glazed panel) and the structure.
Providing DG glass consisting of 6 mm thick toughened glass inside and 6 mm thick toughened
glass outside having 12 mm air gap having VLT = 69 to 73 %, External reflectance = 8 to 12%,
Internal reflection = 10 to 14%, Solar factor = 0.51 to 0.55, U value = 1.6 to 2 W/sqm K etc
20.10 Accessories:
Silicon gaskets, weather stripping, extruded seals and spacers, which do not come into contact
with structural silicone sealant shall be of Silicon gasket or approved equivalent. Where in parallel
contact with structural silicone sealants, all gaskets, setting blocks and spacers other than foam
glazing tapes shall be of heat cur silicone rubber, chemically compatible with the silicone sealant
and suitable for the specific purpose intended. All extruded gaskets, weather stripping and spacers
other than foam glazing tapes shall have continuous mechanical engagement to framing members
adhesive attachment is not acceptable.
The cladding system shall be constructed with (and shall maintain during its design life) a standard
of seal which shall not result in any reduction of sound insulation performance.
Gaskets, weather stripping and seals used to achieve the required weather proofing and/ or air
tightness shall be selected to accommodate fully the range of dimensional tolerances associated
with fabrication and installation of the cladding system. Gaskets, weather stripping and seals shall
be formed from materials capable of retaining their elastic qualities, dimensions and resistance to
physical and chemical attack sufficient to maintain the full water tightness, air tightness and
acoustic performance for the design life of the Structural wall.
Extruded gaskets, weather stripping, seals and spacers mechanically engaged by flutes or pockets
extruded in framing member shall be installed without residual tension or extension. Dry lubricants
may be used to reduce drag during installation of synthetic rubber extrusions and to induce
compression so as to prevent gradual elastic shrinkage and retraction from their ends. Wet
lubricants containing detergent shall not be used for any purpose which may bring the liquid into
contact with the coated surfaces of vision and spandrel glass.
Work shall be done by competent workmen who are thoroughly skilled in their trade. Assemblies
shall be neat and free of defects that impair strength, function or appearance. The work shall be
accomplished in compliance with the specified criteria without buckling opening or joints. Under
stress on fasteners, sealants and gaskets, opening of welds cracking of glass leakage noises and
other harmful effects.
As far as practicable fitting and assembly of the work shall be done in the shop.
All exposed work shall be carefully matched to produce continuity of line and design.
All joints in exposed metal work, unless otherwise shown or specified shall be accurately fitted end
rigidly secured with joint sizes conforming to industry standards.
Page 72
Except where otherwise shown specified or directed the method of assembly and joining shall be
as per approved shop drawings. Fabricate and fasten metal work so that the work will not be
distorted nor the fasteners over stressed from the expansion and contraction of the metal.
All welding shall be in accordance with the appropriate recommendations of the Indian welding
codes and shall be done with electrodes and/ or by methods recommended by the manufacturer of
the alloys being welded. All welds behind finished surfaces shall be done as to minimize distortion
and/ or dis-coloration on the finished side. All weld spatter and welding oxides on finished surfaces
shall be removed by de-scaling and/ or grinding.
Unless otherwise shown or specified, all weld beads or exposed surfaces shall be ground and
finished to match and blend with finish on adjacent parent metal. Grinding and polishing of
nonferrous metal shall be done only with clean wheels and compounds free from iron and iron
compounds. No soldering and/ or brazing shall be allowed.
The Contractor shall conceal all the fasteners where visible in the finished work.
All aluminium components shall fabricate before finishing, cutting of components will not be
acceptable.
As the building is exposed to varying weather actions, all fasteners shall be stainless steel, self-
tapping screws with Aluminium brackets. Steel anchors shall be pre-holed and galvanized. The
bolts shall be steel chromium plated along with nuts and covered with butyl sealing compound.
Where aluminium comes into contact with masonry, brickwork, concrete, plaster or dissimilar
metals, it shall be coated with an approved insulation lacquer, paint or plastic tape to ensure that
electro-chemical corrosion is avoided.
The Contractors shall be responsible for placing in position the Structural Glazing wall frames for
the satisfactory performance and should be totally leak proof for a minimum period of ten years
Sealant and Gasket Application
Sealant and gasket shall be provided wherever shown in the drawings or required for a
permanently weather tight installation. The sealing mechanism for each location and use shall be
as indicated on drawings in those locations where a mechanism is necessary but is not indicated.
It shall be of type recommended by the Contractor and approved by the Project In-charge.
All adjoining surfaces shall be protected to receive sealants against staining by masking and/ or
other methods.
Joints and joint surfaces shall be clean, dry and free of any material that may have an adverse
effect on the bonding and/ or seal of the sealant and gasket materials.
Apply sealants and gasket under the conditions recommended by the manufacturer(s) Prime all
surface to receive sealants and gasket unless recommended otherwise use no sealant that has
started to set in its container or a sealant that has exceeded the self-life published by the
manufacturer.
Fill all joints continuously and completely with sealant forming a neat uniform concave bead. Finish
the material flush with adjoining surfaces unless otherwise shown on the drawings. All sealant
surfaces shall be tooled smooth.
20.12 Certification:
The Contractor shall submit a letter of certification from the sealant manufacturer stating that the
sealant has been tested for adhesion and compatibility on production samples of metals, glass,
and other glazing components, and that all sealant details and application procedures shown on
the reviewed shop Drawings are acceptable for use.
Page 73
Where the Structural Glazing wall and other cladding impinges on, intercepts, covers, is attached
to or supported by the work of other trades, for instance at parapet-level junctions with roof
membranes and back-up walls, the Contractor‟s shop drawing and location drawings shall clearly
distinguish elements and components of construction by other.
Each mullion shall be fixed to the structural slab at each floor level. All steel fasteners shall be
galvanized to minimum 80-90 microns coated with zinc chromate primer and supplied by the
Contractor.
No gross leakage shall be observed when subject to test for water penetration as described in BS
4315 Part-1.
20.14 GUARANTEE:
20.15 The Structural Glazing work shall carry 5 Years guarantee for proper design and performance to
be reckoned from the date of completion of the entire work under the contract against faulty
workmanship, finishing, unsound materials and other related problems.
20.16 The design and installation shall be to the best international standards and shall specially take
account of wind and seismic loads, storms, thermal stresses, building movements and the like.
20.17 The 5 year guarantee shall be furnished in non-judicial stamp paper of value Rs.100/- or more, in
prescribed Performa. The guarantees shall be submitted before final payment and shall not in any
way limit any other rights to correct which the Employer may have under the Contract.
20.18 In addition to above, 10% (Ten percent) of the cost of “Structural Glazing Work” shall be withheld
from the bills towards guarantee as per decision of Engineer-in-Charge whose decision will be final
and binding. This amount to be withheld towards guarantee shall be in addition to the other
amounts to be withheld as mentioned elsewhere in the contract agreement. However, half of this
withheld amount would be released after two years from the date of completion of the work, if the
performance, as required, is satisfactory. The remaining withheld amount shall be released after 5
years from the date of completion of work, if the performance, as required, is satisfactory. If any
defects are noticed during the guarantee period, it shall be rectified by the Contractor within seven
days of issue of notice to the Contractor, temporarily, to the satisfaction of the CPWD/ Client
Department or any other authorized representative of client department and within a period of one
month the permanent rectification of the defects/replacement of defective materials should be
carried out by the Contractor. If not attended to, the same shall be got done through other
Contractor at the risk and cost of the Contractor and the cost, which shall be final and binding on
the Contractor, shall be recovered from the amount withheld towards the guarantee as mentioned
above or any other amount due to the Contractor. However, the amount withheld as guarantee
can be released in full against irrevocable bank guarantee from a Schedule/Nationalized Banks, of
the same amount, for the guarantee period is submitted by the Contractor in favour of Engineer-in-
charge. The defects, if any, shall be rectified, retaining the same aesthetics and other functional
parameters of the original work.
21.1 The contractor shall associate himself with the specialized firm, to be approved by the Engineer-in-
charge in writing, for water proofing treatment for basement/lower ground floor, underground tank
and on roofs. Guarantee in the prescribed proforma attached with tender document shall be given
by the specialized firm, for a period of 10 years from the date after the maintenance period
prescribed in the contract, which shall be counter signed by the contractor as token of overall
responsibility. In addition, 10% (ten percent) of the cost of water proofing items shall be retained
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 74
as guarantee to watch the performance of the work done. However, half of this retained amount
will be released after five years, if the performance of the work done is found satisfactory. If
however any defect is noticed during the guarantee period, it shall be rectified by the contractor
within seven days of intimation. In case it is not attended to, the same will be got done by another
agency at the risk and cost of the contractor. This guarantee deposit can however be released in
full if a bank guarantee of equivalent amount for 10 years is produced and deposited with the
department by the contractor.
21.2 The contractor shall associate himself with the specialized firm, to be approved by the Engineer-in-
charge in writing, for water proofing treatment for basement / lower ground floor, underground tank
and on roofs.
21.3 Treatment for roof surface with integral cement based compound (brick coba). This item shall be
got executed from specialized agency to be got approved from Engineer-in-Charge. However, if
work is got done through specialized agency, as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
21.4 The brick bats shall be from over burnt bricks. The proprietary water proofing compound shall bear
ISI mark and shall conform to IS: 2645. Before execution of work water proofing compound has to
be brought to and a certificate of its conforming to IS code should be produced. The proprietary
water proofing compound shall be added at the rate recommended by the specialist firms but not
exceeding 3 percent by weight of cement. The Engineer in charge reserve the right to collect the
random sample from material brought at site and gets it tested from laboratory of his choice. The
material which does not conform to the specification shall have to be removed forthwith by the
contractor.
21.5 The finished surface after water proofing treatment shall have minimum slope of 1 in 80. At no
point shall the thickness of water proofing treatment be less than 65 mm.
21.6 While treatment of roof surface is done, it shall be ensured that the outlet drain pipes have been
fixed and mouths at the entrance have been eased and rounded off properly for easy flow of
water.
21.7 The surface where the water proofing is to be done shall be thoroughly cleaned with wire brushes.
All loose scales mortar splashes etc. shall be removed and dusted off. The surface shall be treated
with neat cement slurry admixed with proprietary water proof compound to penetrate into crevices
and fill up all the pores in the surface.
21.8 This cement slurry shall be applied at the junction of parapet and terrace slab including the vertical
face of the parapet.
21.9 After the slurry coat is laid, layer of over burnt brick bats shall be laid in cement mortar of mix as
specified by specialist firm but not leaner than 1:5 ( 1 cement : 5 coarse sand) admixed with
proprietary water proofing compound to required gradient and joints filled to half the depth. The
bricks bat layer shall be rounded at the junction with the parapet and tapered towards top for a
height of 300mm. Curing of this layer shall be done for 2 days.
21.10 After curing the surfaces shall be applied with a coat of cement slurry admixed with proprietary
water proofing compound.
21.11 Joints of bricks bat layer shall be filled fully with cement mortar of mix as specified by the specialist
firm but not leaner than 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand) admixed with proprietary water proofing
compound and finally top finished with average 20 mm thick layers of cement mortar 1:4 (1
cement : 4 coarse sand) and finished smooth with cement slurry mixed with proprietary water
proofing compound. The finished surface shall have marking of 300x300 mm false squares to give
the appearance of tiles.
Page 75
21.12 Curing of water proofing treatment shall be done for a minimum period of two weeks by flooding
the water by making kiaries etc.
21.13 MESUREMENTS : The measurements shall be taken for plan area of terrace only. Length and
breadth shall be measured correct to one centimeter and area shall be worked out to nearest 0.01
sqm. No deduction in measurements shall be made for either opening or recesses for chimneys,
stacks, roof lights and the like of areas up to 0.10 sqm nor anything extra shall be paid for forming
such openings. For similar areas exceeding 0.10 sqm, deductions will be made in measurements
for full openings and nothing extra shall be paid for making such opening.
21.14 Rates : The rate shall include the cost of all labour and materials involved in all the operations
described above.
21.15 GUARANTEE
21.15.1 The Water Proofing work shall carry 10 (Ten) Years for proper performance to be reckoned from
the date of completion of the entire work under the contract against faulty workmanship, leakage
and other related problems. A 10 (Ten) Years Guarantee bond in prescribed Performa attached
herewith shall be submitted by the contractor which shall also be signed by both the specialized
agency and the contractor to meet their liability / liabilities under the guarantee bond. However, the
sole responsibility about efficiency of water proofing treatment shall rest with the building
contractor.
21.15.2 Five percent of the cost of water proofing work shall be retained as security deposit and the
amount so withheld would be released after ten years from the date of completion of the entire
work under the agreement, if the performance of the work done is found satisfactory. If any defect
is noticed during the guarantee period, it shall be rectified by the contractor within seven days of
receipt of intimation of defects in the work. If the defects pointed out are not attended to within the
specified period, the same will be got done from another agency at the risk and cost of contractor.
21.15.3 However, the security deposit deducted may be released in full against bank guarantee of
equivalent amount in favour of Engineer in charge, if so decided by the Engineer in charge.
21.15.4 The Security deposit against this item of work shall be in addition to the security deposit mentioned
elsewhere in contract form.
Page 76
ANNEXURE-I
This agreement made this.................... day of ................. Two Thousand ……………… between
....................................M/s ...............................................(hereinafter called the GUARANTOR on the one
part) and the President of India (hereinafter called the Government on the other part)
AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the affect that the said work
will remain structurally stable and guaranteed against faulty workmanship, finishing and materials for five
years to be reckoned from the date after the expiry of maintenance period prescribed in the contract.
NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantee that work executed by him will remain structurally
stable and defect free for minimum period of 5 (five) years to be reckoned from the date after the expiry of
maintenance period prescribed in the contract.
During this period of guarantee, the guarantor shall make good all defects to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-charge calling upon him to rectify the defects failing which the work shall be got done by the
Department by some other contractor at the Guarantor‟s cost and risk. The decision of the Engineer-in-
Charge as to the cost payable by the Guarantor shall be final and binding.
That if the guarantor fails to make good all the defects, commits breach there under, then the
guarantor will indemnify the principal and his successor against all loss, damage, cost expense or
otherwise which may be incurred by him by reason of any default on the part of the GUARANTOR in
performance and observance of this supplementary agreement. As to the amount of loss and/or damage
and or cost incurred by the Government, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge will be final and binding
on both the parties.
IN WITHNESS WHEREOF these presents have been executed by the obligator .......................
and ........................................ by ................................. for and on behalf of the President of India on the
day, month and year first above written.
1. ................................................ 2. ...........................................
Signed for and Behalf of the President of India by ................................... in the presence of:
1. ............................................... 2. ..........................................
Page 77
ANNEXURE-II
This agreement made this.................... day of ................. Two Thousand .............. between M/s
..................................(hereinafter called the GUARANTOR on the one part) and the PRESIDENT OF
INDIA (hereinafter called the Government on the other part)
AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the affect that the said work
will remain water and leak proof, for 10 (Ten) Yearsfrom the date of completion of the work under the
contract.
NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantee that work executed by him will render the structures
completely leak proof and the minimum life of such water proofing treatment shall be10 (Ten) Years to be
reckoned from the date of completion of the work under the contract.
Provided that the guarantor will not be responsible for leakage caused by earthquake or structural
defects or misuse of roof or alteration and for such purpose:
(a) Misuse of roof shall mean any operation which will damage proofing treatment, like chopping of
firewood and things of the same nature which might cause damage to the roof;
(b) Alteration shall mean construction of an additional storey or a part of the roof or construction adjoining
to existing roof whereby proofing treatment is removed in parts;
(c) The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge with regard to nature and cause of defect shall be final.
During this period of guarantee, the guarantor shall make good all defects and in case of any
defect being found render the building water proof to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge calling
upon him to rectify the defects failing which the work shall be got done by the Department by some other
contractor at the Guarantor‟s cost and risk. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the cost payable
by the Guarantor shall be final and binding.
That if the guarantor fails to execute the water proofing or commits breach there under, then the
guarantor will indemnify the principal and his successor against all loss, damage, cost expense or
otherwise which may be incurred by him by reason of any default on the part of the GUARANTOR in
performance and observance of this supplementary agreement. As to the amount of loss and/or damage
and or cost incurred by the Government, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge will be final and binding
on both the parties.
IN WITHNESS WHEREOF these presents have been executed by the obligator .......................
and ........................................ by ................................. for and on behalf of the PRESIDENT OF INDIA on
the day, month and year first above written.
1. ................................................ 2. ...........................................
Signed for and Behalf of the President of India by ................................... in the presence of:
1. ............................................... 2. ..........................................
Page 78
LIST OF PREFERRED MAKES FOR CIVIL WORK
Approved makes of materials to be used in the work are as given in the table below. In case of non-
availability of these makes, the Engineer-in-charge may allow use of alternative makes after seeking
approval of TS authority. Only BIS marked materials shall be generally used in the work. Non-BIS marked
materials may be permitted by the Engineer-in-charge only when BIS marked materials are not
manufactured.
(i) Ordinary Portland Cement / Portland ACC, Ultratech, Ambuja, Birla, J K Lakshmi
Pozzolana Cement.
(iii) Construction Chemicals / Admixtures BASF, FOSROC, Pidilite, Ardex Endura, Mapei, MC
/ Plasticizers / Super Plasticizers Bauchemic, Weber (Saint Gobain), Sika, MYK,
Asianpaints
(iv) Concrete Curing Compounds. FOSROC, Sika, BASF, Pidilite, CICO, Weber (Saint
Gobain), MC Bauchemie, Mapei
(i) Corrosion Resistant Steel TMT SAIL (TMT HCR), Tata Tiscon (CRS), RINL
Reinforcement Bars (CRM/HSCRM), JSPL (Jindal Panther CRS) and JSW
(Neo Steel CRS)
(ii) TMT Reinforcement Steel bars SAIL, Tata Steel, RINL, JSPL and JSW
(iv) Anchor fastener, Rebar Hilti, Fisher, Bosch, Wurth, Canon, Trixel, 3M India
chemical/Mechanical Fastener, Core
Cutting, Expandable Fastener
(v) Ready Mix Concrete Plants ACC, Ultratech, JK, Prism RMC Plant or own Batch
Mix Plant with appropriate capacity to be set up by
contractor at or away from the site
(vi) Aluminium customized Shuttering S-Form, MFE, Eins Technik Pvt. Ltd. ALFOAC, MFS
(i) Crystalline Water Proofing Compound Penetron Admix, Kryton KIM, Xypex C2000 Admix
(Dosage as per manufacturer specification or that
required to achieve performance criteria of DSR
item 22.22 i.e. more than 90% permeability
reduction and resistance to hydrostatic pressure
up to 16 bar, whichever is more)
(ii) Water Proofing swellable bar/ Liquid CICO, Ardex Endura, MYK Laticrete, Pidilite, BASF,
membrane/ single component applied Fosroc, Sika, MC Bauchemie, Kryton, Mapei,
(spray applied for deck water Asianpaints
proofing/ Elastomeric acrylic UV
resistant liquid applied coating
Page 79
(iii) Waterproofing PU / Polyurea/ Acrylic / Grace, BASF, Fosroc, Pidilite, Penetron, Sika,
Elastomeric Cementitious / SRI Asianpaints, Weber (Saint Gobain), Mapei
Coating/
(iv) Polysulphide Sealant for Joints joint Fosroc, Pidilite, Sika, Dow Corning, Wacker, Penetron
width 25mm
(v) Water proofing membrane HDPE Fosroc, Pidilite, W.R. Grace, BASF, Sika, Asianpaints,
based waterproofing white composite Weber (Saint Gobain), Mapei
sheet
(vii) Water proofing compound Grace, BASF, Fosroc, Pidilite, Penetron, Sika, Mapei,
Asianpaints, MC Bauchemie, MYK
(viii) Polyurethane over deck insulation Grace, BASF, Fosroc, Pidilite, Penetron, Sika, Mapei,
foam MYK, Bayer, MC-bauchemie, Asianpaints, Weber
(Saint Gobain)
ix) Food Grade Coating for Water Tanks Grace, BASF, Fosroc, Pidilite, Penetron, Sika, Mapei,
MYK, Weber (Saint Gobain), Asianpaints
(i) AAC Blocks ACC, Tata Tiscobuild, JK Lakshmi, Jindal Air, Birla
Aerocon, Modcrete, Firecrete, Instablock
(ii) AAC Block adhesive Ultratech, Ardex Endura, Ferrous Crete, Weber (Saint
Gobain), Asianpaints
(i) Structural Steel Sections / Tubular SAIL, Tata Steel, RINL, JSPL and JSW
Sections
(ii) Dash / Anchor Fasteners, Rawl Plug HILTI, Fischer, Bosch, Wurth, Canon
(iv) Metal deck profile sheet Ezydeck of TATA / Lloyd Superdeck, JSW
(v) Roofing Steel Sheet (Precoated) Tata Bluescope Steel Ltd., Jindal Steel, JSW Steel
(iii) Alluminium Door & Window Systems Schuco, Technal, Deceuninck, Eternia-Hindalco, AIS
Windows, Alupure, Axsys, Elixir Metform, A2Z Infra
Solutions
(iv) Aluminium Glass Facade & Structural Schuco, Technal, Eternia-Hindalco, Dow, Lindner AG, Art N
Glazing Systems Glass, Elixir Metform, AIS Window system, A2Z Infra
Solutions
Page 80
Aluminium-HPL Panels
(vi) Metal (Aluminium) Facade Panels Hunter Douglas, Novelise, Dwall Metallic, Lindner AG,
BEMO, Anakon
(vii) Silicone Sealant / Weather Sealant / Alstone, Sika, Dow, Choksey, Hilti, Wuerth (Promat),
Fire Sealant / Polysulphide Sealant GE Plastics, Pidilite, FOSROC, BASF
7.0 Flooring
(i) Glazed, Ceramic & Vitrified wall / floor Kajaria, Johnson, Somany, RAK, Vermora, Orientbell,
Tiles (Antiskid/Matt/Glossy) Restile
(ii) Epoxy Grouts / Tile adhesive / Ardex Endura, Ferrouscrete, MYK Schomburg,
Polymer modified cementitious Pidilite, FOSROC, Sika, Weber (Saint Gobain), MC
grouts/ Bauchemie, Mapei, Asianpaints
(iv) Wooden Laminated Flooring Vista, Action Tesa, Pergo, Apex, Lamiwood, Kronotex,
Greenply, Floormax, Kahrs Enginner Wood product
(i) Calcium Silicate / Mineral Fiber False Saint Gobain, Armstrong, Aerolite, Ramco Hilux, USG
Ceiling Tiles and frame work Borals, Anakon, Dexune
(ii) Gypsum Board False Ceiling/Partition Saint Gobain Gyproc., USG Boral Armstrong, Knauf
and frame work AMF, Anakon, Dexune
(iii) Metal / U-Baffle / Open Cell / Wooden Armstrong, Hunter Douglas, Lindner AG, Anakon,
Laminated false ceiling i/c framework Dexune
(vi) Rock Wool / Glass Wool UP Twiga, Roxul (Rockwool), Rockloyd (Lloyd
Insulations), Dhanbad Rockwool, Dexune, Rockfon
(vii) Fibre cement board HIL (Birla Aerocon), Bison (NCL), RAMCO Hicem,
Everest, Visaka Industries, Dexune
(viii) Extruded Polystyrene Insulation Du Pont, Dow Corning, Supreme, Texas, Analco,
Board Unitech-ikk, Sika
(i) Flush Door Shutter Century, Greenlply, Archidply, Duro, Jayana, Jain
Doors Pvt Ltd
Page 81
(ii) Ply Wood / Block Board Century, Greenply, Merino, Archidply, Duro
(v) Acrylic sheet/Acrylic laminate Rehau, Opulux, Treelam, Praveedh Décor, EGR
(vi) Wood Plastic Composite (WPC) rchidply, Century, Greenlam, Floresta, Rajshree,
A
Board Alstone
(vii) Factory made wooden Door Frames Jain wood Industries, Kutty, D S Doors, Duro, Ambika
& Shutter Wood, Shreeji Woodcraft, SM Corporation, Jain Doors
Pvt Ltd
(viii) Factory made kitchen cabinets, Evoke, Godrej, Brown Crust, Sleek
wardrobes etc.
(ix) UPVC Doors & Windows Fenesta, VEKA, KOMERLING, RHEAU, Aluplast,
Wintech, Deceuninck, Green Fenestration technology,
Saint Gobain
(x) G.I. Steel Door Frame Kutty Doors, Shakti Metdoor, NAVAIR, Synergy
Thrislington.
(xi) Fire Rated Metal/Wooden/Acoustic Tata Pravesh, Shakti-met, Pacific, Navair, Sukriti,
Doors (Glazed/Unglazed/sliding) Bhawani, ASES, Vetrotech, 4C Fire
(xii) Fire Rated Glass Pilkington, SCHOTT, FIRELITE, Saint Gobain, ASAHI,
Pyroguard
(xiii) Hardware for Fire Check Doors Dorma, Hafele, Geze, Wuerth, Becker FS
(xiv) S.S. Hardware, Door & Window Dorma, Godrej, Hafle, Kich
Fittings, Hinges
(xix) Modular Office & Home Furniture – Godrej, HNI, Fuego, Steelcase, Integrity, Featherlite,
Table, Chair, Sofa, Bed, Dining Rockworth
Table/Chairs etc.
Page 82
(i) Ready Mix Plaster Ardex Endura, Ferrouscrete, MYK Schmburg, Pidilite,
FOSROC, Sika, Asianpaints
(ii) Gypsum Plaster / Ready Mix Plaster/ Saint Gobain (Elite 90), Ferrous Crete, Ardex Endura,
Polymer modified self-curing Mortar Pidilite, FOSROC, Asianpaints
(iv) Cement Based & Acrylic Wall putty Birla, JK White, Asianpaints, Ferrous Crete, Acro
paints
(v) Oil Bound Washable Distemper Asianpaints, Nerolac, Berger, Dulux ICI
(vi) Acrylic Distemper (washable/ Real Asianpaints (Tractor Aqua Lock Paint), Berger
mix/ Low VOC) (Commando) Acro Paints (Aqualin AWD) or
equivalent paints of Nerolac or ICI-Dulax.
(ix) Steel Primer (Red Oxide Zine Asianpaints, Nerolac, Berger, ICI-Dulax, Acropaints.
Chromate Primer)
(x) Synthetic Enamel Paint Asian (Apcolite Premium gloss enamel), Nerolac
(Synthetic Hi gloss), Berger (Luxol Hi gloss), ICI-
Dulux (Gloss Synthetic Enamel), Acro paints
(Acrogold)
(xi) Paint- Texture Concept Paints Asianpaints, Ultratech Texture Paints, Berger, acro
(Interior) paints
(xii) Paint- Anti carbonation paint Fosroc, Pidilite, BASF, Asianpants, Sika
(ix) Melamine Polish for wood work Asian Paints Melamine Gold, Wudfin of Pidilite,
Timbertone of ICI-Dulux, MRF
(xi) Epoxy Paint Asian, Nerolac, Berger, ICI, Kansai Akzo Nobel
(xii) Fire Resistant Paint Asianpaints, Akzo Nobel Coatings India Ltd., Viper.
(i) Stainless Steel pipe and fitting of SAIL (Salem Steel), Jindal, J-Press
grade AISI 304 as per JIS standard
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 83
3448 for water supply line & Fittings
(ii) G.I. Pipe Tata Steel, Jindal Pipes, Surya Roshni, APL Apollo
Tubes
(iii) GI Pipe Fittings Unik, Zoloto, Surya, Jinda Pipesl, Tata Steel
(iv) U-PVC pipe and Fittings Supreme, Finolex, Astral, Prince, AKG, Birla HIL
(v) C-PVC pipe and Fittings Supreme, Finolex, Astral, Prince, AKG, Ashirwad,
Oriplast, Birla HIL
(vi) M.S. Black Pipes Tata, Jindal, SAIL, APL Apollo, Surya
(viii) Sanitary ware / Fixtures / Fittings Kohler, Grohe, Hindware, Jaquar, Cera
(Premium range)
(ix) Urinal Frosted Glass partition Greenlam, Jaquar, Merino, Fundermax, Cera
(xi) Glass Mirror Saint Gobain, Modi Guard, Atul, Pilkington, Cera
(xiii) Gun Metal Valves/Sluice Valves/ Air Zoloto, Audco (L&T), Castle, Leader Valves, SKS
Release Valves
(xiv) Sluice Valve / Pressure Reducing Zoloto, Kirloskar, Leader Valves, Zoloto, SKS, Castle,
valve / Non-Return valve / check Audco (L&T)
valve / Butter fly valve / ball valve
12.0 Drainage
b) Centrifugally (Spun) CI Pipes Class Kesoram, Electro Steel Castings Ltd., NECO
'LA' / Ductile Iron Pipe
(ii) C.I. Manhole covers, frames & GI NECO, BIC, RIF, SKF, Hepco, Kapilansh,
Gratings
Page 84
(iii) Unplasticized Non-Pressure Polyvinyl Supreme, Astral, Finolex, Ashirvad
Chloride (PVC-U) Pipes underground
conforming to IS: 15328-2003 &
Fittings
(iv) Low noise system rain water pipes Supreme, Astral, Finolex, Ashirvad
and fittings made of mineral
reinforced Poly Propylene
(v) Drainage AC/HDPE Pipes Jain Pipes, Oriplast, Reliance, MAZZA AC Pipes,
Supreme
(i) Modular SS-304/316 Grade / Glass Dorma Kaba, GEZE, Hafele, Kich, Godrej, TATA, Art
Railing with SS-304/316 grade N Glass
Hardware
(iii) Float Glass Saint Gobain Glass India Ltd., Emirates Glass LLC,
AIS Glass Solutions Ltd., Pilkington, Modi Guard,
Glaverbel
(iv) High Performance Glass Saint Gobain Glass, Pilkington, Guardian, Emirates
Glass LLC, Glaverbel, AIS Glass.
(v) Lacquered Glass Saint Gobain Glass, AIS Glass, Art N Glass, Guardian
(vi) Glass Processor for making Art N Glass, Shankar Tuff, Sheeshmahal, Shivshakti,
DGU/Toughening GSC, Kaimapnat Glass, SK Tuff, AIS Glass
14.0 Miscellaneous
(iii) Solid Acrylic Surface Boards Dupont, LG Himacs, Neonnex, Hanex, GMGR India
(iv) Modular Expansion / Seismic Joint Herculus, Sanfield, Vexcolt, MigUA, Katanaflex,
System Inprocorp
(viii) Modular Rainwater Harvesting system Retas Enviro Solutions Pvt Ltd, Bantair Pvt Ltd,
Adwyn Impex Pvt Ltd, Life green system Ltd
(ix) Precast GRC / Sand Stone Jali Unistone, Dalal, Birla GRC, Sanderson
Page 85
(Screen)
(xi) XPS Board/ Dimple board Supreme, Insuboard, Soprema, Own corning,
Shalimar, Technonicol, Pidilite
(xiii) Concrete / HDPE/Grass grid pavers Ovilite Industries, Eco Vision Industries, Dalal,
Unistone
(xv) Expansion Joint filler / Joint covers Vexcolt International Ltd, Construction Specialities,
Sainfield, Hercules, MIGUA, Mapei, Balco India, Z-
tech, Inprocorp
(xvi) Poly-sulphide Sealant for Joints Pidilite, Sika, Dow Corning, Wacker
joint width up to 25 mm
Page 86
SCHEDULE OF QUANTITY
(MAJOR COMPONENT: CIVIL WORKS)
Name of Work: Special Repair including Rehabilitation, Retro fitting and Augmentation of ESIC
Hospital at Sector-8, Faridabad.
ItemNo
Description Qty Unit Rate Amount
.
Page 87
5.2 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand (zone-III):
Derived from natural sources 10 graded stone
465 cum 6050.65 2813552.00
aggregate 40 mm nominal size Derived from
natural sources )
Page 88
aggregate and fine aggregate derived from
natural sources, Portland Pozzolana / Ordinary
Portland /Portland Slag cement, dmixtures in
recommended proportions as per IS: 9103 to
accelerate / retard setting of concrete, to
improve durability and workability without
impairing strength; including pumping of
concrete to site of laying, curing, carriage for all
leads; but excluding the cost of centering,
shuttering, finishing and reinforcement as per
direction of the engineer-in-charge; for the
following grades of concrete. Note: Extra
cement up to 10% of the minimum specified
cement content in design mix shall be payable
separately. In case the ement content in design
mix is more than 110% of the specified
minimum cement content, the contractor shall
have discretion to either re-design the mix or
bear the cost of extra cement.
13.1 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) 90 cum 6882.00 619380
14.1 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) 35 cum 8512.10 297924
15.1 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand) 1000 sqm 1018.05 1018050.00
Page 89
thick in doors, windows and clerestory window
shutters. (Area of opening for glass panes
excluding portion inside rebate shall be
measured).
Page 90
24 Providing and fixing aluminium hanging floor
door stopper, ISI marked, anodised (anodic
coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS :
1868) transparent or dyed to required colour
and shade, with necessary screws etc.
complete.
Page 91
including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and
applying a priming coat of approved steel primer
all complete.
Page 92
including applying priming coat of approved
steel primer
Page 93
matching pigment, epoxy touch ups, including
rubbing, curing, moulding and polishing to
edges to give high gloss finish etc. complete at
all levels.
40.1.1 Area of slab over 0.50 sqm 300 sqm 4425.35 1327605.00
Page 94
approved make, in colours White, Ivory, Grey,
Fume Red Brown, laid on 20 mm thick cement
mortar 1:4 (1 Cement: 4 Coarse sand), jointing
with grey cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/sqm including
grouting the joints with white cement and
matching pigments etc., complete.
Page 95
(minimum) sheet, spaced at 1200 mm center to
center and cross "T" of size 24x25 mm made of
0.30 mm thick (minimum) sheet, 1200 mm long
spaced between main "T" at 600 mm center to
center to form a grid of 1200x600 mm and
secondary cross "T" of length 600 mm and size
24x25 mm made of 0.30 mm thick (minimum)
sheet to be interlocked at middle of the
1200x600 mm panel to form grids of 600x600
mm and wall angle of size 24x24x0.3 mm and
laying false ceiling tiles of approved texture in
the grid including, required cutting/making,
opening for services like diffusers, grills, light
fittings, fixtures, smoke detectors etc. Main "T"
runners to be suspended from ceiling using GI
slotted cleats of size 27 x 37 x 25 x1.6 mm fixed
to ceiling with 12.5 mm dia and 50 mm long
dash fasteners, 4 mm GI adjustable rods with
galvanised butterfly level clips of size 85 x 30 x
0.8 mm spaced at 1200 mm center to center
along main T, bottom exposed width of 24 mm
of all T-sections shall be pre-painted with
polyester paint, all complete for all heights as
per specifications, drawings and as directed by
Engineer-in-charge.
Page 96
(ready mixed) having VOC content less than 50
gms/litre, of approved manufacturer, of required
shade and colour complete, as per
manufacturer‟s specification.
54.1 Two or more coats on new work 10000 sqm 92.75 927500.00
57.1 Two or more coats on new work 7500 sqm 131.45 985875.00
Page 97
of Engineer - in - charge.
68.1 Of area 3 sq. metres and below 100 each 302.70 30270.00
Page 98
fencing including making rolls and stacking
within 50 metres lead.
79.2 Stone screening 13.2 mm nominal size (Type A) 24 cum 1865.00 44760
79.3 Stone screening 11.2 mm nominal size (Type B) 18 cum 2065.70 37183
Page 99
80.1 With medium setting bitumen emulsion
Page 100
premixed with bituminous binder and filler,
transporting the hot mix to work site by tippers,
laying with paver finisher equiped with electronic
sensor to the required grade, level and
alignment and rolling with smooth wheeled,
vibratory and tandem rollers to achieve the
desired compaction and density as per
specification, complete and as per directions of
Engineer-in-Charge.
Page 101
88 Scarifying the existing bituminous road surface
to a depth of 50 mm and disposal of scarified
1165 sqm 5.85 6815
material within all lifts and lead upto 1km (by
mechanical means).
Page 102
brass) with waste fitting as per IS : 2556, C.I.
trap with outlet grating and other couplings in
C.P. brass, including painting of fittings and
cutting and making good the walls and floors
wherever required :
Page 103
98 Providing and fixing 600x450 mm beveled edge
mirror of superior glass (of approved quality)
complete with 6 mm thick hard board ground 40 each 1411.15 56446.00
fixed to wooden cleats with C.P. brass screws
and washers complete.
101.2 75 mm diameter :
103.1.1 Sand cast iron S&S as per IS - 3989 100 each 597.60 59760.00
103.2 75 mm dia
103.2.1 Sand cast iron S&S as per IS- 3989 80 each 453.40 36272.00
104.1 100x100x100x100 mm
104.1.1 Sand cast iron S&S as per IS - 3989 30 each 881.25 26438.00
Page 104
105.1 75x75x75 mm
105.1.1 Sand cast iron S&S as per IS - 3989 20 each 498.90 9978.00
106.1 100x100x75 mm
106.1.1 Sand cast iron S&S as per IS - 3989 20 each 841.10 16822.00
Page 105
111.1 20 mm nominal dia Pipes 700 metre 513.75 359625.00
114.1 45 cm length
Page 106
120.1 15 mm nominal bore, 122mm long, weighing not
50 each 143.30 7165.00
less than 99 gms
Page 107
nominal size), inside plastering 12 mm thick with
cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand)
finished with floating coat of neat cement and
making channels in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1
cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size) finished with a
floating coat of neat cement complete as per
standard design :
130.1 H D – 20
Page 108
windows, ventilators and partitions with
extruded built up standard tubular
sections/appropriate Z sections and other
sections of approved make conforming to IS:
733 and IS: 1285, fixing with dash fasteners of
required dia and size, including necessary filling
up the gaps at junctions, i.e. at top, bottom and
sides with required EPDM rubber/neoprene
gasket etc. Aluminium sections shall be smooth,
rust free, straight, mitred and jointed
mechanically wherever required including cleat
angle, Aluminium snap beading for glazing /
paneling, C.P. brass / stainless steel screws, all
complete as per architectural drawings and the
directions of Engineer-in-charge. (Glazing,
paneling and dash fasteners to be paid for
separately) :
136.1 With float glass panes of 4.0 mm thickness 285 sqm 1019.80 290643.00
Page 109
(weight not less than 10 kg/ sqm)
Page 110
proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645 and
approved by Engineer-in-charge to required
slope and treating similarly the adjoining walls
upto 300 mm height including rounding of
junctions of walls and slabs. (c) After two days
of proper curing applying a second coat of
cement slurry using 2.75 kg/ sqm of cement
admixed with water proofing compound
conforming to IS : 2645 and approved by
Engineerin-charge. (e) The whole terrace so
finished shall be flooded with water for a
minimum period of two weeks for curing and for
final test.“All above operations to be done in
order and as directed and specified by the
Engineer-in-Charge :
Page 111
casing/ strainer pipe, by suitable method
prescribed in IS: 2800 (part I), including
collecting samples from different strata,
preparing and submitting strata chart/ bore log,
including hire & running charges of all
equipments, tools, plants & machineries
required for the job, all complete as per direction
of Engineer-in-charge, upto 90 metre depth
below ground level.
Page 112
144.1 Bars upto 12 mm diameter 1500 metre 6.65 9975.00
145.1 Upto and including 12mm dia. 2400 each 121.95 292680.00
Page 113
148.1 Stirrer mixed SBR Polymer (of approved make)
modified Cement slurry made with Shrinkage 1000 kg 106.70 106700.00
Compensating Cement in concrete/RCC work.
Page 114
compaction laid in required pattern and
including over 50mm thick compacted bed of
coarse sand, filling the joints with fine sand etc.
all complete as per the direction of Engineer-
incharge.
Total 104588583.00
Add multiplying factor @0.0633 for increased GST on all items 6620457.00
TOTAL 111209040.00
Page 115
PART –C
MINOR COMPONENT
(Electrical & Mechanical Works)
Page 116
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
1. CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works (Part I for Internal) - 2013, (Part II for External) -
1994, (Part III for Lift & Escalators) - 2003, (Part IV for Sub Station) - 2013, (Part V for Wet Riser &
Sprinkler System) - 2020, (Part VI for Fire Detection & Alarm System) - 2018, (Part VII for DG
Sets) - 2013, (Part VIII for Gas Based Fire Extinguishing System) - 2013 and CPWD General
Specifications for HVAC Works – 2017 or latest version of above specifications as issued /
amended up to date (hereinafter to be collectively referred to as ‘CPWD Specifications’) and
should also comply with relevant provisions of the Indian Electricity Rules and Acts as applicable.
Wherever CPWD Specifications are silent, the latest BIS Codes/Specifications, National Building
Code or any other specification shall be followed.
2. The order of preference in case of any discrepancy as indicated in condition No. 8.1 under
“Conditions of Contract” given in standard CPWD Contract form may be read as the following:
h) Manufacturers specifications.
3. A reference made to any Indian Standard Specifications in these documents, shall imply reference
to the latest version of that standard, including such revisions/amendments as issued by the
Bureau of Indian Standards up to last date of receipt of tenders. The contractor shall keep at his
own cost all such publications of relevant Indian Standards applicable to the work at site.
4. The main contractor shall engage appropriate OEM of approved make for specialized works of
Lifts, Digital PA system, stage lighting, video conferencing system and Lifts for electrical work. The
main contractor shall not indulge in procurement of electrical items and getting the work done on
labour contract with the OEM/electrical contractor. The whole electrical component shall be
executed by the eligible electrical contractor/ OEM on a turnkey basis i.e. procurement of material
& engaging labour. The associate electrical contractor shall submit the completion certificate of
electrical work executed by him along with necessary test reports, completion plan etc.
5. The contractor shall take all safety precautions to avoid accidents by exhibiting caution boards, red
flags, red lights and by providing necessary barriers and all other measures required from time to
time. The contractor shall be responsible for all damages and accidents due to negligence on his
part.
6. The contractor shall give due notices to Municipality, Police and/or other authorities that may be
required under the law/rules under force and obtain all requisite permissions/licenses for
temporary obstructions/enclosures and pay all charges which may be liable on account of his
execution of the work under the agreement. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
7. The contractor shall leave such recesses, holes, openings, etc., as may be required for the
electric, air-conditioning and other related works. (For this purpose, any required inserts, sleeves,
brackets, conduits, base plates, insert plates, clamps etc. shall be arranged by the contractor and
Page 117
fix the same at the time of casting of concrete, stone work & brick work, if required, and nothing
extra shall be payable on this account.
8. The contractor shall give a trial run of the equipment and machinery for establishing its capability
to achieve the specifications within laid down tolerances to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
charge before commencement of work.
9. The work will be carried out in close coordination with the building work and other agencies.
Conduits will be laid in the slab within the specified time and it will have to be ensured that the
casting of slabs is not delayed for want of laying of conduits. The conduits will also be laid in walls
before the Plaster work is undertaken so as to avoid breaking cutting of plaster while making
chase for laying of conduits subsequently. The contractor will have to employ adequate labour for
carrying out the work. No claim regarding the idle labour for any reason will be entertained by the
Department.
10. No tools and plants including special T&P etc. shall be supplied by the department and the
contractor will have to make his own arrangements at his expenses.
11. All tools, plant and machinery provided by the contractor shall, when brought at the site, be
deemed to be exclusively intended for the construction and completion of this work and the
contractor shall not remove the same or any part thereof (save for the purpose of moving it from
one part of the site to another) without the consent of the Engineer-in-charge.
12. All materials shall be got checked & approved by the Engineer-in-charge on receipt of the same at
site before use and rejected material is to be removed from the site immediately.
13. No foreign exchange shall be made available by the department for the purchase of equipment,
plants, machinery, materials of any kind or any other items required to be carried out in execution
of work.
14. The contractor shall carry out his work, so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress or
completion of the work being performed by other contractor (s) or by the Engineer-in-charge and
shall as far as possible arrange his work and shall place and dispose of the materials being used
or removed, so as not to interfere with the operations of other contractors, or he shall arrange his
work with that of the others in an acceptable and coordinated manner and shall perform it in proper
sequence to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge.
15. All items which are not covered while carrying out electrical work shall be removed and shall be
cleared by the contractors as soon as the work is completed.
16. The contractor shall give the Engineer-in-charge in every fortnight, a progress report of the work
done during the previous fortnight. The progress of work will be reviewed periodically by the
Engineer-in-charge with the contractor and shortfalls, if any, sorted out. The contractor shall
thereupon take such action as may be necessary to bring back his work to schedule without any
additional cost to the department.
17. It shall be responsibility of the main contractor to sort out any dispute involved with the associated
contractor without any time and cost overrun to the department. The main contractor shall be
solely responsible for settling the dispute/litigation arising out of his agreement with the associate
contractor. The contractor shall ensure that the work shall not suffer on this account.
18. The contractor shall quote his rates considering the specifications, terms & conditions and
particular specifications and special conditions etc. and nothing extra shall be payable whatsoever
unless otherwise specified.
19. The main contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the activities of all works and essential
progress of works as per milestone and laid down program.
Page 118
20. The contractor shall be responsible for the watch and ward of the site/property/material provided
by him and materials issued by the department against pilferage and breakage during the period of
execution and thereafter till the work is completed and physically handed over to the department.
21. Samples of all materials, fittings and other materials/articles required for execution of the work
shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge. Materials/articles manufactured by the firms of
repute as indicated in tender documents and approved by the Engineer-in-charge shall only be
used.
22. The contractor shall ensure quality construction in a planned and time bound manner. Any sub-
standard material or work beyond set out tolerance limits shall be summarily rejected by the
Engineer-in-charge.
23. The contractor shall be required to make a sample flat for each type at the earliest opportunity
using all approved materials for approval of Engineer in charge before mass scale finishing works
are taken up.
24. Even ISI marked materials shall be subjected to quality test at the discretion of the Engineer-in-
charge besides testing of other materials as per the specifications described for the item/material.
Whenever ISI marked materials are brought to the site of work; the contractor shall, if required by
the Engineer-in-charge, furnish manufacturers test certificates to establish that the materials
procured by the contractor for incorporation in the work satisfy the provisions of IS codes relevant
to the material and/or the work done.
25. The contractor shall have to engage well experienced skilled labour and deploy modern T&P and
other equipment to execute the work.
26. The contractor will have to ensure that the skilled labour i.e. wireman etc., Engaged in the
execution of the work must possess valid electrical license, otherwise he will not be permitted to
execute the work.
27. The firm shall use only electrically operated chase cutting machine for cutting the chases in
the wall for recessed conduit wiring.
28. The contractor will have to make his own arrangement for water and power supply for execution of
works.
29. The contractor will have to ensure that the skilled labour i.e. wireman etc., Engaged in the
execution of the work must possess valid electrical license, otherwise he will not be permitted to
execute the work.
30. The associate contractors executing the electrical works must possess the valid electrical
contractor license otherwise they will not be permitted to execute the electrical works.
31. The contractor shall be responsible for removal of all defects in the work during the
guarantee/warranty period. The department shall carry out routine maintenance only. However, if
any failure is noticed during this period which is attributable to poor quality of material and bad
workmanship, the contractor will be required to rectify the same at his own cost, failure of which
the department will be at liberty to get the defects rectified at the risk & cost of the contractor. The
contractor will also be required to carry out his own inspection/testing during the
guarantee/warranty period and attend to any defect taking place during this period.
32. Priority to arrange the material shall be decided by the department. However, material required for
the work shall be brought at site only at the appropriate time keeping in view the progress of
building works as well as Electrical & Mechanical works. Decision of Engineer-in -charge in this
regard shall be final.
Page 119
33. The contractor has to intimate his authorized representative, who will be receiving instructions in
his absence. The contractor /his authorized representative is bound to sign the site order book as
and when required by the Engineer-in-charge and to comply with the instructions therein.
34. Suitable back plates providing for fixing the wall brackets and ceiling flush fittings shall be supplied
by the contractor free of cost.
35. It shall be responsibility of contractor to provide polythene/PVC plastic cover for all SDBs/meter
boards/feeder pillars/panels etc. so as to protect them from wear & tear/damage during execution
stage. Contractor shall provide the covers for the materials if any being supplied departmentally
also. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
36. Contractor is fully responsible for any kind of damage to the LT/HT cable during execution of work.
No joints shall be allowed if the cable is damaged. Contractor has to replace the full length at his
own cost.
37. A suitable brass/tinned copper neutral link shall be fixed at suitable place in the Metallic outlet
boxes of all sizes to terminate neutral wire properly. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
38. Colour coding shall have to be adopted in the wiring system as per specification.
39. Suitable crimping tools shall be used for crimping the lugs/thimbles/ferrules. Nothing extra shall be
paid on this account. The lugs/thimbles/ferrules pressed by conventional/ordinary pliers shall not
be accepted.
40. A suitable brass/tinned copper neutral link shall be fixed at suitable place in the Metallic outlet
boxes of all sizes to terminate neutral wire properly. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
41. An earth termination with earth stud of brass/tinned copper i/c 2 No. metallic washers or suitable
earth bar of Brass/tinned copper with tinned copper thimbles/ferrules/lugs should be suitably fixed
at suitable place in the Metallic outlet box for termination of protective earth conductor. Nothing
extra shall be paid on this account.
42. In the outlet boxes, phase from one switch to other switch shall be looped with suitable size of
solid copper conductor. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account. Stranded conductor shall not
be accepted.
43. Only required number of knockouts should be removed from Metallic outlet boxes for entry of
conduits. If more than required number of knockouts are removed, the Metallic outlet box shall not
be accepted.
44. Separate G.I. boxes shall be used for staircase light switches and bell push. Nothing extra shall be
paid on this account.
45. Metal sheath of Co-axial T.V. cable shall be terminated using 'U' shape thimble/lugs/ferrules.
Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
46. To facilitate drawing of wires 16/18 SWG GI fish wire be provided along with laying of recessed
conduit. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
47. Cable connection to switch gear is deemed to be included in the item of end termination. No extra
payment shall be made for that.
48. The contractor is advised to visit the site of work to have an idea of the execution of the work;
failure to do so shall not absolve their responsibility to do the work as specified in agreement.
49. The overall system shall be designed in such that if any monitoring system fails Data Center shall
still be functional.
Page 120
50. A continuous cooling system to be designed to provide a stable thermal environment for the critical
IT equipments without any interruption meeting ASHRAE standards.
51. The design of the system should be such that it should be fault tolerant site infrastructure covering
dual power for all IT equipments, complimentary system and distribution paths must be physically
isolated from each other.
52. The successful bidder has to obtain all statuary approval including PESCO (Petroleum & safety
organization) licence for fuel storage above 2000 ltrs and its subsequent renewal before the expiry
of defect liability period.
53. Rates:
53.1. The work shall be treated as on works contract basis and the rates tendered shall be for complete
items of work (except the materials, if any, stipulated for supply by the department) inclusive of all
taxes (including works contract tax, if any), duties, and levies etc. and all charges for items
contingent to the work, such as packing, forwarding, insurance, freight and delivery at site for the
materials to be supplied by the contractor, watch and ward of all materials (including those
supplied by the department, if any) for the work at site etc.
54.1. Rates are inclusive of GST and all other Taxes, duties, levies and royalties and nothing extra shall
be payable to the contractor on account of this.
54.2. The GST shall be deducted from the bills of the contractor as applicable in at the time of
payments.
55.1. All sundry fittings, assemblies, accessories, hardware items, foundation bolts, termination lugs for
electrical connections as required, and all other sundry items which are useful and necessary for
proper assembly and efficient working of the various components of the work shall be deemed to
have been included in the tender, whether such items are specifically mentioned in the tender
documents or not.
55.2. Minor building works necessary for installation of equipment, foundation, making of opening in
walls or in floors and restoring to their original condition, finish and necessary grouting etc. as
required, shall be executed with in the quoted rates.
Unless and otherwise mentioned in the tender documents, the following works shall be done by
the contractor, and therefore their cost shall be deemed to be included in their tendered cost:-
(i) Foundations for equipment and components where required, including foundations bolts.
(ii) Cutting and making good all damages caused during installation and restoring the same to
their original finish.
(iii) Sealing of all floor openings provided by him for pipes and cables, from fire safety point of
view, after laying of the same.
(iv) Painting at site of all exposed metal surfaces of the installation other than pre-painted
items like fittings, fans, switchgear/distribution gear items, cubical switchboard etc.
Damages to finished surfaces of these items while handling and erection, shall however
be rectified to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
(vi) Storage space for all equipment, components and materials for the work
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 121
57. Storage and Custody of Materials:
57.1. The contractor has to make his own arrangement for the storage of the material at site &
necessary watch and ward of the electrical installation during the execution of work till the same is
handed over to the department. No extra payment will be made on this account. The storage
space shall however be arranged by the department at site, if available.
57.2. The main contractor shall arrange for proper storage of the electrical fans and fittings at site and
that double lock system shall be arranged for the fans and fittings after receipt at site until the time
they are taken for installation. The contractor shall however be responsible for proper storage and
safe custody of the same till their installation and handing over to the department.
Power and water supply will be arranged by the contractor at the site for installation
purpose.However, for final testing purpose after complete installation of the electrical items,
electricity supply will be made available free of cost to the contractor. Contractor will take due care
to ensure safety of electrical installation during execution of work.
All tools and tackles required for handling of equipment and materials at site of work as well as for
their assembly and erection and also necessary test instruments shall be the responsibility of the
contractor.
Running bill Payments for work done shall be made as per the relevant clauses of contract.
However, for items involving SITC of equipment, part payments may be all allowed by the
Engineer-in-charge as below:
a) After initial inspection and delivery of equipment/ material at site in good condition on pro rata
basis @ 75%
The contractor shall co-ordinate with all other agencies involved in the building work so that the
building work is not hampered due to delay in his work. Recessed conduit and other works, which
directly affect the progress of building work, should be given priority.
Care shall be taken by the contractor to avoid damage to the building during execution of his part
of the work. He shall be responsible for repairing all damages and restoring the same to their
original finish at his cost. He shall also remove, at his costs, all unwanted and waste materials
arising out of his work, from the site.
(i) No structural member in the building shall be damaged/altered, without prior approval from
the competent authority through the Engineer-n-charge.
(ii) Structural provisions like openings, cutouts, if any, provided by the department for the
work, shall be used. Where these required modifications, or fresh provisions are required
to be made, such contingent works shall be carried out by the contract at his cost.
Page 122
(iii) All such openings in floors provided by the department shall be closed by the contractor
after installing the cables/conduits/rising mains etc. as the case may be, by any suitable
means as approved by the Engineer-in-charge without any extra payment.
(iv) All chases required in connection with the electrical works shall be provided and filled by
the contractor at his own cost to the original architectural finish of the buildings.
Any addition, temporary or permanent, to the existing/ Proposed electrical installation shall not be
made without a properly worked out scheme/design by a qualified Electrical Engineer to ensure
that such addition does not lead to overloading, safety violation of the existing/ Proposed system.
(i) When work is executed in occupied buildings, there would be minimum of inconvenience
to the occupants. The work shall be programmed in consultation with the Engineer-in-
charge and the occupying department. If so required, the work may have to be done even
before and after the office hours.
(ii) The contractor shall be responsible to abide by the regulations or restrictions set in regard
to entry into, and movement within the premises.
(iii) The contractor shall not tamper with any of the existing installations including their
switching operations or connections there to without specific approval from the Engineer-
in-charge.
66. Drawings:
(i) The work shall be carried out in accordance with the drawings and the tender documents
and also in accordance with modification thereto from time to time as approved by the
Engineer-in-charge.
(ii) All wiring diagrams shall be deemed to be „Drawings‟ within the meaning of the term as
used in Clause 11 of the conditions of contract (PWD 7 or PWD 8). They shall indicate the
main switch board, the distribution boards (with circuit numbers controlled by them), the
runs of various mains and sub mains and the position of all points with their controls.
(iii) After award of the work, the firm will be required to submit the drawings for the proposed
work including layout plan, conduit routes showing location of points and height etc. Work
will be carried out as per the approved drawings before start of work.
All electrical works shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of Indian Electricity Act,
1910 and Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 amended up to date (Date of call of tender unless
specified otherwise). List of rules of particular importance to electrical installations under these
General Specifications is given in Appendix C for reference.
Quality of material: All materials and equipment supplied by the contractor shall be new. They
shall be of such design, size and materials as to satisfactorily function under the rated conditions
of operation and to withstand the environmental conditions at site.
69.1. Materials and equipment to be used in the work shall be inspected by the
departmental officers. Such inspection will be of following categories:
Page 123
(i) Inspection of materials / equipment to be witnessed at the Manufacturer‟s premises in
accordance with relevant BIS /Agreement Inspection Procedure.
(iii) To inspect materials at the authorized dealer‟s go downs to ensure delivery of genuine
materials at site.
69.2. Adequate care to ensure that only tested and genuine materials of proper quality are used in work
shall be ensured by firm. The firm shall ensure that:
(i) Material will be ordered & delivered at site only with the prior approval of the department to
ensure timely delivery.
(ii) As and when the order is placed for the fittings/ fixtures, cables, switchgears, poles, rising
main, other main items etc., its copy shall be endorsed to the CPWD Engineer-in-charge.
(iii) The firm will be required to procure material like exhaust fans, MCB‟s & DB‟s, switches &
sockets, wires & cables, conduits and switchgears etc directly from the manufacturer/
authorized dealers to ensure genuineness & quality and as per the approved makes only.
Proof in this regard shall be submitted by the contractor before installation at site to the
department.
(v) Delivery of material shall be taken up only with the consent of department, after clearance
of the material.
(vi) Department shall reserve the right to waive inspection in lieu of suitable test certificate, at
its discretion.
69.3. Similarly, for fabricated equipment, the contractor will first submit dimensional detailed drawings for
approval before fabrication is taken up in the factory. Suitable stage inspection at factory also will
be made to ensure proper use of materials, workmanship and quality control.
70.1. All components in a wiring installation shall be of appropriate ratings of voltage, current and
frequency, as required at the respective sections of the electrical installations in which they are
used.
70.2. All conductors, switches and accessories shall be of such size as to be capable of carrying the
maximum current, which will normally flow through them, without their respective ratings being
exceeded.
71.1. All components shall confirm to relevant Indian Standard Specifications wherever existing.
Materials with ISI certification mark shall be preferred.
71.2. Relevant Indian Standards including amendments or revisions thereof up to the date of tender
acceptance shall be applicable in the respective contracts for respective items, firm to ensure its
compliance.
72. Interchangeability:
Page 124
Similar parts of all switches, lamp holders, distribution fuse boards, Switch gears, ceiling roses,
brackets, pendants, fans and all other fittings of the same type shall be interchangeable in each
installation.
73. Workmanship:
73.1. Good workmanship is an essential requirement to be complied with. The entire work of
manufacture/fabrication, assembly and installation shall confirm to sound engineering practice.
73.2. Proper supervision/skilled workmen: The contractor shall be a licensed electrical contractor of
appropriate class suitable for execution of the electrical work. He shall engage suitably
skilled/licensed workmen of various categories for execution of work supervised by supervisors /
Engineer of appropriate qualification and experience to ensure proper execution of work. They will
carry out instruction of Engineer-in-charge and other senior officers of the Department during the
progress of work.
73.3. Use of quality materials: Only quality materials of reputed make as specified in the tender will be
used in work.
73.4. Fabrication in reputed workshop: Switch boards and LT panels shall be fabricated in a
factory/workshop having modern facilities like quality fabrication, seven tank process,
powder/epoxy paint plant, proper testing facilities, manned by qualified technical personnel. These
shall be as per make / item approved.
74. Testing:
74.1. All tests prescribed in the Specification, to be done before, during and after installation, shall be
carried out, and the test results shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge in prescribed
Performa, forming part of the Completion Certificate.
74.2. All incidental expenditure to be incurred for testing of samples e.g. Packaging, sealing,
transportation, loading, unloading etc. and testing charges for conducting tests as per
specification, shall be borne by the contractor.Commissioning on completion:
After the work is completed, it shall be ensured that the installation is tested and commissioned.
75.1. After the work is completed, it shall be ensured that the installation is tested and commissioned.
75.2. The contractor shall furnish copy of detailed instructions and manuals of manufacturers for all
items of equipments regarding installation, adjustments, operations and maintenance including
preventive maintenance and troubleshooting together with all relevant data sheets, spare parts
catalogue and workshop procedure for repairs, assembly and adjustment etc. all in triplicate. It can
be one original copy & the other two may be the photocopy of the original
76.1. For all works completion certificate after completion of work shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-
charge.
76.2. Completion plan drawn to a suitable scale in A2 Sheet (It shall be laminated if desired by the Site-
in-Charge) indicating the following, and three copies of the same shall also be submitted.
(ii) Locations of main switchboard and distribution boards, indicating the circuit numbers
controlled by them.
(iv) Types of fittings, viz. fluorescent, pendants, brackets, bulk head, fans, exhaust fans etc.
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 125
(v) Name of work, job number, tender reference, actual date of completion, names of Division/
Sub-division and name of the firm who executed the work with their signature.
(vi) Cable layout showing general distribution diagram along with position of cable joints, if
any.
77. Guarantees:
77.1. The installation will be handed over to the department after necessary testing and commissioning.
The installation will be guaranteed against any defective design/workmanship/performance.
Similarly, the materials supplied by the contractor will be guaranteed against any manufacturing
defect, inferior quality. The guarantee period will be for a period of5 years for all LED fittings and
36 months for other equipments counted from the date of completion of work. Contractor has to
submit warantee certificate from manufacturer/OEM.
77.2. Installation / equipment or components thereof shall be rectified/ repaired to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-charge. Sufficient trained and experienced staff shall be made available to meet any
exigency of work during the guarantee period.
77.3. The routine as well as preventive maintenance for one year by manufacturer shall be carried out
from the date of taking over the installation by department. Including attending all call back of
break down round the clock, 365 days in a year in guarantee period.
77.4. In case it is felt by the department that undue delay is being caused by the contractor in doing this,
the same will be got done by the department at the risk and cost of the contractor. The decision of
the Engineer-in Charge in this regard shall be final.
The Contractor shall be required to obtain NOC from Chief Fire Officer, Gurugram and work shall
be deemed to be completed only after receiving NOC from CFO & rectification if any. Statutory fee
if any shall be paid by department. However, all liasoning work / arranging inspection of CFO shall
be the responsibility of contractor.
79. INDEMNTIY :
The successful tenderer shall at all times indemnify the department, consequent on this works
contract. The successful tenderer shall be liable, in accordance with the Indian Law and
Regulations for any accident occurring due to any cause and the department shall not be
responsible for any accident or damage incurred or claims arising there from during the period of
erection, construction and putting into operation the equipments and ancillary equipments under
the supervision of the successful tenderer in so far as the latter is responsible. The successful
tenderer shall also provide all insurance including third party insurance as may be necessary to
cover the risk. No extra payment would be made to the tenderer due to the above
Page 126
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR E&M WORKS
1.0 GENERAL:
1.1. Except for the items, for which Particular Specifications are given herein or where it is specifically
mentioned otherwise in this bid document, the work shall generally be carried out in accordance
with the “CPWD Specifications. Wherever CPWD Specifications are silent, the latest BIS
Codes/Specifications, National Building Code-2016, Manufacturers Specifications, Sound
Engineering practices or well-established local construction practices as decided by the Engineer-
in-charge shall be followed.
1.2. A reference made to any Indian Standard Specifications in the document, shall imply to the latest
version of that standard, including such revisions / amendments as issued by the Bureau of Indian
Standards up to last date of receipt of tenders. The Contractor shall keep at his own cost all such
publications of relevant Indian Standard applicable to the work at site.
1.3. All hardware items such as screws, thimbles, connectors, earth/neutral terminals, wires etc. which
are essentially required for completing any item as per specifications will be deemed to have been
included in the item even when the same have not been specifically mentioned.
1.4. All hardware material such as nuts/bolts/screws/washers etc. to be used in the work shall be
zinc/cadmium plated iron. The galvanized boxes of modular switch/sockets etc. shall be of the
same make as of switch/socket etc.
1.5. While laying conduit, suitable minimum number of junction boxes shall be left for pulling the wires.
These shall be placed in such a way that the same do not remain noticeable.
1.6. Any conduit which is not be wired by the contractor shall be provided with GI fish wire for wiring by
some other agency subsequently. Nothing extra shall be paid for the same.
1.7. Multi stranded FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor wires are to be used in the work.
Termination of multi-stranded conductors shall be done using crimping type copper thimbles at
both the ends. Nothing extra shall be paid for the same.
1.8. The contractor shall follow the shortest route for circuits, submain, point wiring etc.
1.9. The connections of switches, sensors, earthing conductors & interconnections cables shall be
made by adequate rating thimbles of approved standard makes only and nothing extra on this
account shall be paid.
1.10. Check nuts shall be provided while terminating the M.S. conduits in switch board boxes for which
nothing extra shall be paid.
1.11. All distribution boards shall be marked with circuits controlling the rooms/area/SDB controlled.
1.12. Material to be used in the work shall be ISI marked. The makes of materials have been indicated in
the list of acceptable makes. No other make will be acceptable. The material to be used in the
work shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge before its use at site. The Engineer-in-
charge shall reserve the right to instruct the contractor to remove the material which, in his opinion,
is not as per specifications.
1.13. While deciding the size of switch boxes for light points/fan point, exhaust fan point items, extra two
modules will be provided for each fan point for fixing of regulator(s) (fan regulator is to be provided
under different item). Wherever extra modules are available, the same shall be provided with
blanking plates without any extra cost.
Page 127
switches, sockets, telephone & TV sockets etc. shall be in two parts i.e. plates with frames with in
quoted rates.
1.15. The building shall be provided with false ceiling in various areas. In order to avoid maintenance
problem, the contractor will not provide any ceiling rose/connector/looping box etc. above the false
ceiling. The point wiring in that case will be extended up to the fitting/fan etc. directly without
provisions of any termination arrangement in between. The wire from the end point up to the
fixture shall be considered to be included in the point wiring. Nothing extra shall be paid for the
same.
1.16. Earthing and all hidden items of work shall be carried out in the presence of the Engineer-in-
charge or his authorized representative.
1.17. The fan box cover shall be made from 3mm thick phenolic laminated sheet as per CPWD
specification.
1.18. The contractor shall provide only metallic junction boxes/looping boxes with cover of required sizes
even in PVC conduiting and such boxes shall be measured as a part of conduit/wiring without any
extra payment.
1.19. The metallic junction boxes & looping boxes shall be covered with approved makes of phenolic
laminated sheet. For telephone, television & fire alarm system shall be provided at all the floors
within scope of work without any extra cost as per requirement & layout approved by Engineer-in-
charge.
1.20. The firm has to go through the site order book kept with the Junior Engineer (E) regularly and has
to sign the same and carryout the instructions recorded therein by various officers of the
department.
1.21. The quantities of various items may vary from the quantities given in schedule of work. The agency
shall bring the various items & materials as per actual requirement at site at the time of execution
of work. Excess quantities shall not be accepted & paid by the department.
1.22. The ceiling roses wherever required to be provided are included in the scope of work without extra
payment and the same shall also be of modular type & of the same make as that of switches &
sockets along with earthing provision.
1.24. The MCB distribution boards shall be factory fabricated in the works of the manufacturer of the
MCB‟s of any of the makes specified and the same shall be duly pre-wired in the works. The board
shall be brought to site in ready for installation condition. The MCBs and the MCB distribution
board shall be of the same make.
1.25. Microprocessor type MCCB should have centrally adjustable overload setting & short circuit setting
as per OEM standards. All MCCB should be ICS=ICU.
1.26. Suitable crimping tools shall be used for crimping the lugs/thimbles/ferrules. Nothing extra shall be
paid on this account. The lugs/thimbles/ferrules pressed by conventional/ordinary pliers shall not
be accepted.
1.27. All chases in wall shall be made through electrically operated chase cutting machine.
Page 128
2.0 EI & FANS, LED INSTALLATION
2.1. The work shall be carried out strictly in accordance with CPWD General Specifications for Internal
Electrical Works 2013& External Electrical Works 1994 as amended upto date and as per
instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge.
2.1.1. All internal electrical works shall be carried out with MS conduit. All switches, sockets, AC Starter,
IP Phone socket, Data sockets, stepped type electronic fan regulators, bell push and accessories
along with matching mounting boxes(same make) & front plates (same make) shall be of modular
type.
2.1.2. Only Anti-bactrial switches, sockets, LAN outlets, telephone outlets etc. shall be used.
2.1.3. All material shall be got approved from Engineer-in-Charge before use. One sample flat/Bay
/Room shall be made for approval of final location of switch boards/ fittings etc. and then only work
shall be executed in other flats/bays/Room.
All damages done to the building during execution of Electrical work shall be the responsibility of
the contractor and the same will be made good immediately at his own cost to the satisfaction of
the Engineer-in-Charge. Any expenditure incurred by the department in this condition shall be
recovered from the contractor and decision of the Engineer-in-Charge about recovery shall be
final.
2.1.4. CONDUIT LAYOUT shall be prepared by contractor and got approved before execution of work.
Minimum No. of Junctions to be kept, & if required junctions to be kept underneath the fitting
locations in corridor/rooms so that junctions are not visible after fittings are fixed/in position. Drop
of conduit shall be well planned w.r.t. location of fitting/D.B. and criss crossing to be avoided. All
chases in walls shall be cut using wall grooving machine. For this purpose electricity shall be
arranged by contractor.
2.1.5. Termination of multi-stranded conductors shall be done using crimping type thimbles at both the
ends. Nothing extra shall be paid for the same.
2.1.6. For Submain Wiring, Colour Code for different phases and Neutral (R.Y.B. black) to be maintained.
While circuit wiring, wiring for fan point, wiring for light point shall be done with different colours for
easy identification. Wiring for neutral shall be done with black colour and all connections to fans &
fittings wherever visible shall be made with white PVC insulated copper wire or wherever cover
sleeve may be provided. At Switch board, Switch shall be fixed in a logical manner w.r.t. fittings
layout.
2.1.7. Unless specifically approved by Executive Engineer (E.), loose wire box, above DB shall not be
provided however DB‟s shall have loose wire box of same make.
2.1.8. Phenolic laminated sheet shall be of Egg white colour, and shall be filed/rounded at edges and of
minimum 3mm thick.
2.1.9. All fittings and fans should be properly earthed through the protective conductor.
Provision of earth bars in main boards, earth terminal block in DB‟s & earth studs in all metal
boxes shall be made, connection to this stud shall be crimped.
A clamp type termination should be made in the termination of earth strips (where provided) to
pipe electrodes to provide surface type contact.
2.1.10. All LED light fittings should have minimum 5 years warranty, warranty certificate to be submitted by
agency on OEM letter head regarding this.
Page 129
2.2. All the debris of the electrical works should be removed and the site should be cleared by the
contractor immediately after the accruing of debris. Similarly any rejected material should be
immediately cleared off from the site by the contractor.
2.3. All U.G. Cable work shall be got inspected and measurements lest checked by the Assistant
Engineer in charge of work and his authorized representative before filling up the trenches, failing
which work remain subject to 100% recheck at the risk and cost of the contractor.
2.4. All U.G. Cables before laying shall be got tested for continuity in presence of the authorized
representative of the Engineer-in-Charge.
2.5. Route of the U.G. Cables shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized
representative.
2.6. Contractor shall preserve the copies of invoices, test certificates; gate passes etc. to prove the
genuineness of material / purchases which are used at site as per agreement
2.7. Not withstanding the schedule of quantities, all items of interrelated works consider necessary to
make the installation complete and operative are deemed to be included shall be provided by the
contractor at no extra cost.
3.1. General
3.1.1. The scope of this section comprises the design, supply erection, testing and commissioning of
inverter technology based D.C Twin Rotary / Scroll Type VRF type system of air conditioning
conforming to these specification/ Explanatory Note and in accordance with the requirements of
Drawing and Schedule of Quantities. The prices quoted shall include all the equipment ancillary
material as specified and all such items whatsoever and which may be required to fulfill the intent
and purpose as laid down in the specification and the approved drawings. The contractor shall
calculate equipment capacity based upon design parameters specified for the system design &
verify all the quantities and sizes of refrigerant pipe, fitting, cables, control cable, pipes, insulation,
indoor units, and outdoor units etc. before installation to avoid any shortfall or surplus. The
tenderer shall also include all necessary civil work MS frame work for installation of outdoor and
indoor units in VRF based air condition system. The cost quoted by tenderer shall also include the
refrigerant gas R-410A & its charging for proper & specified functioning of air conditioning system.
3.1.2. Civil work/ MS frame work for indoor and outdoor units related to VRF equipments, all cuttings
should be properly finished as existing surrounding. The installation of outdoor unit on the terrace
of building should be checked up structurally & their mounting should be structurally safe for the
outdoor unit to ensure in such a way that after installation.
(iii) Sleeves.
(iv) Foundation
3.1.3. The scope in the tender schedule also covers detailed designing of complete air-conditioning
system based on inverter technology based D.C Twin Rotary / Scroll VRF air conditioner with air
cooled outdoor units system capable of cooling and heating (reverse cycle) as per individual or
season requirement suitable for operation on 415 V, 3 Phase, 50 Hz AC electric supply.
3.1.4. The outdoor units shall have both cooling & heat pump mode, consisting of one/ multiple outdoor
unit with single circuit of refrigerant piping and multiple in door units of various types. Each indoor
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 130
unit should have capability to cool or heat as per seasonal weather changes. This shall also
include complete capacity calculation for indoor and outdoor units complete with CAD drawing,
designing & layout of following.
3.1.5. Power & Control Cables between Outdoor units & Indoor units.
While designing the system care should be taken to select outdoor units of suitable capacity based
on design data provided below & to economize on available floor area for installation of outdoor
units as well as optimum utilization of outdoor units and type of indoor unit taken into
considerations. The indoor units should be designed based upon the heat load calculations for
individual rooms/ areas to be air-conditioned and over capacities should be avoided. The design
should also specifically take care of disposal of condensate drain water so that there is no leakage
of condensate water inside the room as well in the route of condensate water pipe line. The layout
of refrigerant piping is to be designed in such a way so that it should not disturb the aesthetic of
the building/ room, inadvertent damage in the route of pipe should not occur in future & optimum
length of pipe line for efficient air conditioning. After completion of the work four sets of „as erected/
commissioned drawing‟ of activities listed above shall be submitted.
3.2.1. The specified design parameters are only tentative in nature, however, all efforts shall be made to
achieve the following specified design parameters and if at any design stage need for higher
capacity outdoor HP is required, necessary approval shall be accorded based on design analysis
and discussions on the subject. In case of any deviation from the parameters specified below, the
technical issues involved shall be brought to the notice of Engineer-in-charge for seeking
necessary approvals to achieve these parameters. Engineer-in-charge, however, reserves the
right to permit any deviations from the parameters as specified.
3.2.2. Notwithstanding the technical details as specified in the tender, the manufacturers may offer/
indicate systems and necessary design & features applicable for the offered products at the
tendering stage.
3.2.3. It is proposed to install outdoor unit at the top of the building or in open court yard depending
availability of site. The outdoor & indoor unit shall be connected through existing ventilation shaft
from top to the bottom of the building.
3.3.1. The outdoor unit shall be factory assembled, weather proof casing (Material of construction of
casing shall be vendor‟s standard design), constructed from heavy gauge GI sheets steel panels
and coated with baked enamel finish. The outdoor unit shall be completely factory wired, tested
with all necessary controls & filled with first charge of refrigerant before delivering at site.
Page 131
3.3.2. The inverter technology based D.C Twin Rotary / Scroll type VRF equipment should be capable so
that refrigerant piping between indoor units and outdoor unit shall be extendable upto 165m of
equivalent length with maximum height difference between outdoor & indoor unit of 50m & level
difference between two indoor units shall be maximum upto 15m. All the outdoor units comprising
of multiple modules should have at least one inverter type compressor in each module.
3.3.3. Selected modules should have COP 4.7 at 50% load, and each module should have at least one
inverter compressor/unit.
The above COP values as indicated are required to be furnished in Original by the tenderer
directly from the original equipment Manufacturer (OEM) with OEM‟s seal and signature on all
documents.
3.3.4. The outdoor unit shall be factory tested and filled with first charge of refrigerant R-410A before
delivering at site.
3.3.5. It should also be provided with duty cycling for D.C inverter Twin Rotary/ Scroll compressors
capable of changing the rotating speed of compressor by inverter controller to follow variation in
cooling & heating loads & switching starting sequence for better stability and prolonging equipment
life or similar features if available in D.C Twin Rotary / Scroll will also be accepted.
3.3.6. The unit shall be provided with its own microprocessor control panel with provision for integration
with the building management system for Airconditioning system.
3.3.7. The machine must have a sub cool feature to use coil surface more effectively through proper
circuit/ bridge so that it prevents the flushing of refrigerant from long piping due to this effect
thereby achieving energy savings.
3.3.8. The outdoor unit should be fitted with low noise level and should not be more than 67 db (A) at
normal operation when measured at a point 1 mtr. In front of the unit at a height of 1.5 mtrs.
3.3.9. The outdoor unit should be fitted with low noise aero spiral design fan with aero fitting grill for spiral
discharge airflow to reduce pressure loss and should be fixed with DC/AC fan motor for better
efficiency.
3.3.10. In case of trouble occurs in an indoor units (s), the continuous operation of system should be
possible.
3.3.11. The unit shall be designed in such as way that cleaning of drain Pan should be easy & inspection/
replacement of compressor should be easy.
3.3.12. The condensing unit shall be designed to operate safely when connected to multiple fan coil units.
3.4. Compressor
3.4.1. The compressor in inverter based D.C Twin Rotary / Scroll System shall be highly efficient. The
system should response efficiently in accordance to the variation in cooling or heating load
requirement.
3.4.2. All outdoor units shall have multiple steps of capacity control to meet load fluctuation and indoor
unit individual control. All parts of compressor shall be sufficiently lubricated stock. Forced
lubrication may also be employed.
3.4.3. Oil heaters shall be provided in the compressor casing or as per manufacturer standard
equipments.
Page 132
3.5.1. Unit shall be equipped with an oil recovery system to ensure stable operation with long
refrigeration piping lengths. The system must be provided with oil balancing circuit to avoid poor
lubrication.
3.6. Refrigerant Circuit The refrigerant circuit shall include liquid and gas shut-off valves and a solenoid
valves at condenser end. The equipment must have inbuilt refrigerant stabilization control for
proper refrigerant distribution. All necessary safety devices shall be provided to ensure the safe
operation of the system.
3.7. Heat Exchanger The heat exchanger shall be constructed with copper tubes mechanically bonded
to aluminum fins to form a cross fin coil. The aluminum fins shall be covered by anti-corrosion resin
film. The unit shall be provided with necessary number of direct driven low noise level propeller
type fans arranged for vertical discharge. Each fan shall have a safety guard.
3.8. Safety Devices All necessary safety devices shall be provided to ensure safe operation of the
system. Whatever safety devices are required shall be part of outdoor unit:- high pressure switch,
fuse, fan drive overload protector, fusible plug, crankcase heater, over load relay, overload
protection for inverter based technology.
3.9. The outdoor roof mounted units shall be provided in such a fashion that these do not affect the
overall aesthetics and ambience of the building. If required these units shall be suitably
camouflaged to give good aesthetic look. These provisions, however, shall be discussed, if
required, at a later date and the prices for the same shall be worked out separately as extra item.
3.10. Noise levels for outdoor units shall not be more than 67 db (measured at a point 1 meter in front of
the unit at a height of 1.5 meters.
3.11. INDOOR UNITS All indoor units as specified shall have; in general, noise levels less than 46 db.
For critical applications noise levels below these limits may, however, be specified during design
stage.
3.12. Each unit shall have electronic control valve to control refrigerant flow rate respond to load
variation of the room.
3.13. The address of the indoor unit shall be set automatically or through central controller in case of
individual and group control.
3.14. The fan shall be dual suction, aerodynamically designed, Turbo, multi blade type, statically &
dynamically balanced to ensure low noise and vibration free operation of the system. The fan shall
be direct driven type, mounted directly on motor shaft having support from housing.
3.15. The cooling coil shall be made out of seamless copper tubes and having continuous aluminum
fins. The fins shall be spaced by collars forming an integral part. The tubes shall be staggered in
the direction of airflow. The tubes shall be hydraulically/ mechanically expanded for minimum
thermal contact resistance with fins. Each coil shall be factory tested at 21 kg/sq.m air pressure
under water.
3.16. Indoor unit shall have cleanable type filter fixed to an integrally moduled / moduled plastic frame.
The filter shall be slide in and neatly insertable type. It shall be possible to clean the filters either
with compressed air or water.
3.17. Each indoor high wall unit shall be with corded/ cordless remote controller as standard features.
The controller shall be able to change fan speed and angle of swing flap (for high wall) individually
as per requirement.
3.18. Refnet Joints/ Header Joints Supply & installation of the Y-Joint/Ref-net separation refrigeration
pipe joints and header in the appropriate orientation to enable correct distribution of refrigerant.
Page 133
The Distribution Joints should be factory insulated with close cell nitrile rubber tubular sections of
class O fire ratting.
3.19.1. Refrigerant piping for the air-conditioning system shall be upto 19.1 mm dia of soft seamless
copper tubes & for above 19.1 mm dia the pipe material shall be of hard seamless copper tubes
with pipes material being hard drawn copper pipe. Forged copper fittings shall be used for the
refrigerant piping. The refrigerant piping arrangements shall be in accordance with good
engineering practices as applicable to the air-conditioning industry, and shall include charging
connections, suction line insulation and all other items normally forming part of proper refrigerant
circuits except Y joint/separation tubes.
3.19.2. Before jointing any copper pipe or fittings, its internals shall be thoroughly cleaned by passing a
clean cloth via wire or cable through its entire length. The piping shall be continuously kept clean
of dirt etc. while constructing the joints. Subsequently it shall be thoroughly blown out using
nitrogen gas.
3.19.3. After completion of installation of the refrigerant piping, the refrigerant piping system shall be
pressure tested using nitrogen gas at a suitable pressure as specified by OEM (Original
Equipment Manufacturer). Pressure shall be maintained in the system for 48 hours. The system
shall then be evacuated to vacuum of not less than 700 mm Hg and held for 24 hours.
3.19.4. The supplier of air-conditioning system shall choose sizes as designed and erect proper
interconnections of the complete refrigerant circuit. The thickness of copper piping shall not be less
than 18 SWG for pipes upto 19.1 mm and 16 SWG for larger dia.
3.19.5. The suction line pipe size and the liquid line pipe sizes shall be selected according to the
manufacturer‟s specified diameter. All refrigerant pipes shall be properly supported and anchored
to the building/structure using steel hangers, fasteners, brackets and supports which shall be fixed
to the building/structure by means of inserts or expansion shields or anchor fasteners of adequate
size and number to support the load imposed thereon.
3.19.6. The refrigerant piping should be laid in such a way that it should not distort the interior of the room,
wherever the refrigerant pipe has to be laid across the room, it should be laid in a concealed
manner by making appropriate boxing arrangement matching with the interior of the room. All
associated minor Civil Engineering works (like chasing on wall, ceiling & re-plastering & repainting
etc.) related with the above items are included in the scope of work. The above scope does not
include false ceiling wherever required. 111
3.19.7. To protect Nitrile rubber insulation of outdoor installed copper piping from degradation due to ultra
violet rays and atmospheric condition, it shall be covered with polyshield coating / al cladding 24
swg of at least two coats of resin and hardener (poly bond make or equivalent). Fibre glass tape
shall be helically wound with adequate overlap & coated with two coats of resin with hardener to
give smooth & plain finish.
3.19.8. Entire liquid and suction refrigerant pipe lines including all fittings, valves and strainer bodies, etc.
shall be insulated with 19mm/ 13mm thick electrometric nitrile rubber as specified in BOQ.
3.20.1. The drain pipe connection of each high wall / cassette unit to the main header should be 25mm
dia/32mm dia as required. The header pipe should be of 40mm dia/32 dia as required. The drain-
pipe should be heavy CPVC pipe ISI marked and conforming to relevant IS complete with fitting as
required whereas the connection of the fan coil unit to the CPVC pipe should be with U trap &
flexible braided pipe. The drain piping should be insulated with 6 mm thick tubular nitrile rubber
insulation.
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 134
3.20.2. For proper drainage of condensate U trap shall be provided in the drain piping wherever required.
All pipe supports shall be prefabricated and pre-painted slotted angle support, properly installed
with clamps. The condensate drain pipe arrangement for disposal of condensate water be made in
such a way that there should not be any leakages of condensate water inside rooms as well in the
route of drain water pipe line & water should be discharged at the location jointly decided with
Engineer-in-Charge of work. All associated Civil Engineering works as per requirement at site in
above connection like making chase in the wall & restoring it original shape by re-plastering &
repainting, etc. are included in the scope of work. The arrangement of drain-pipe shall be made in
such a way that it should not affect the aesthetic of the building as well as is maintenance friendly
& easily accessible.
PVC insulated multi stranded sheathed copper conductor wiring cable for working voltage upto&
including 1100 Volts, ISI marked conforming to IS 694/1990 (Latest Version). Wiring of installation
shall be in conformity with IS 732/1989 (Latest Version), IS 4648/1968 (Latest Version).
Laying conduit shall be in conformity with IS: 732/1989 (Latest Version), IS 4648/1968 (Latest
Version).Fitting for rigid non-metallic conduit shall conform to IS 3419/1989 (Latest Version) and
accessories shall conform to relevant IS.
4.0 LIFTS
4.1. This specification covers manufacture, testing as may be necessary before dispatch, delivery at
site, all preparatory work, assembly and installation, commissioning putting into operation of lift &
escalator.
4.2. The work shall be executed as per CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part-III Lifts
& Escalators – 2003 as per relevant I.E.Rules, BIS/IEC and as per directions of Engineer-in-
Charge. These additional specifications, conditions are to be read in conjunction with above and in
case of variations, specifications given in this additional conditions shall apply. However, nothing
extra shall be paid on account of these additional specifications and conditions as the same are to
be read alongwith schedule of quantities for the work.
4.3. Guarantee :All equipments shall be guaranteed for a minimum period of 12 months/as per OEM
from the date of taking over the installation by the department against unsatisfactory performance
and/ or break down due to defective design, workmanship of material. The equipments or
components, or any part thereof, so found defective during guarantee period shall be forthwith
repaired or replaced free of cost, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.The decision of
Engineer-in-Charge in this regard shall be final and binding on the tenderer.
Quality, strength and performance of the materials used as per manufacturers standard.
Safe mechanical and electrical stress on all parts under all specified conditions of operation.
4.4.1. The successful tenderer would be required to submit the following drawings within 30 days of start
of work as stipulated in the agreement for approval before commencement of installation.
Details of foundations for the equipment, load data, location etc. of various assembled
equipment as may be needed generally by other agencies for purpose of their work. The data
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 135
will include breaking load on guides, reaction of buffers on lift pits reaction on support points in
machine room, lift well etc.
Complete lay out dimensions for every unit/group of units with dimensions required for erection
purposes.
Any other drawing/information not specifically mentioned above but deemed to be necessary
for the job by the contractor.
4.4.3. The successful tenderer should furnish well in advance three copies of detailed instructions and
manuals of manufacturers for all items of equipments regarding installation, adjustments operation
and maintenance i/c preventive maintenance & trouble shooting together with all the relevant data
sheets, spare parts catalogue and workshop procedure for repairs, assembly and adjustment etc.
all in triplicate.
4.5.1. Lift has to be replaced one by one / one lift at a time without any hindrance in movement of people,
Being a Hospital building, one lift has always to be in working condition.
4.5.2. The contractor has to provide necessary safety barricades to avoid any accident.
4.5.3. A contractor must have to execute the work in close coordination with department and Client.
4.5.4. The contractor has to provide all safety notice / pamphlet at each floors indicating a “Lift work is in
progress & do not enter”.
4.5.5. Contractor has to make arrangements to curb the excessive noise generated during the execution
of work.
4.5.6. A trained supervisor must be present at the site to ensure the necessary security / safety checks
during the execution of work.
4.6. Nothing in this specification shall be construed to relieve the successful tenderer of his
responsibility for the design, manufacture and installation of the equipment with all accessories
accordance with currently applicable statutory regulations and safety codes.
4.7. Successful tenderer shall arrange for compliance with statutory provisions of safety regulations
and departmental requirements of safety codes in respect of labour employed on the work by the
tenderer. Failure to provide such safety requirement would make the tenderer liable for penalty of
Rs. 500/- for each default. In addition, the department will be at liberty to make arrangement for
the safety requirements at the cost of tenderer and recover the cost thereof from him.
4.8. The building category contractor and the associated OEM agencies has to submit required
affidavit to confirm their association at the time of submission of Performance Guarantee.
5.0 SUBSTATION
5.1. The work shall be carried out strictly in accordance with CPWD General Specifications for Internal
Electrical Works 2013, Part IV Substation 2013 as amended upto date and as per instructions of
the Engineer-in-Charge.
5.2. Payment terms, technical specifications & other terms & conditions shall be as per CPWD
Specifications Part IV Substation 2013.
5.3. The entire installation shall be at the risk and responsibility of the contractor until these are tested
and handed over to the department. However, if there is any delay in construction from the
department side, the installation may be taken over in parts, but the decision on the same shall
rest with Engineer-in-Charge which shall be a binding on the contractor.
Page 136
5.4. Not with standing the schedule of quantities, all items of interrelated works consider necessary to
make the installation complete and operative are deemed to be included shall be provided by the
contractor at no extra cost.
5.6. Panels: Drawing of panel shall be submitted for approval within 30 days from award of work and
fabrication to be taken up only after approval of such drawing. Before painting proper surface
treatment shall be done and then powder coated. These shall be offered for inspection during
fabrication.
5.7. Connections of all incoming and outgoing cables is included in the scope of work for which nothing
extra shall be paid.
5.8. All the panels are to be installed in the the building. The contractor shall have to visit the site
before quoting the rates.
5.9. The contractor shall have to make arrangements to shift/installed the new panels properly in the
the building. Nothing extra shall be paid on account of any minor structural changes in the building
and repairing thereafter for installation of the panel in the building.
5.10. The work involves replacement of the existing HT Panel/MV Panel etc. so the contractor shall
execute the work with close /proper coordination with any other agency working at site(If any).
Also, if electric shutdown will be required execution of work then same may be arranged by the
department. However, nothing extra claim on account of idle labour/worker etc. for this shall be
entertained.
5.11. Necessary approval of chief electrical inspector to the government (CEIG) for energizing HT
Panel/HT supply is in the scope of agency, however, necessary fees for inspection shall be borne
by the Department.
5.12. All equipments shall be guaranteed for a minimum period of 12 months/as per OEM from the date
of taking over the installation by the department against unsatisfactory performance and/ or break
down due to defective design, workmanship of material. The equipments or components, or any
part thereof, so found defective during guarantee period shall be forthwith repaired or replaced
free of cost, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
6.0 DG SET
6.1. The work shall be carried out strictly in accordance with CPWD General Specifications forInternal
Electrical Works 2013,Part VII DG Set 2013 as amended upto date and as
perinstructionsoftheEngineer-in-Charge.
6.2. Payment terms, technical specifications & other terms & conditions shall be as per CPWD
Specifications Part VII DGSet2013
6.3. The firm shall submit the drawing of AMF panel from OEM of DGset & get it approved before
supply of the same. The panel shall be as per detaied scheduled item and nothing extra shall be
paid for any accessories.The accessories shall be as per OEM make only.
6.4. Panels: Drawing of panel shall be submitted for approval within 30 days from award of workand
fabrication to be taken up only after approval of such drawing. Before painting proper surface
treatment shaledone and then powder coated. These shallbe offered for inspection during
fabrication.
6.5. The Exhaust pipe installed for DG set should be at least 1.5 mtr above height of building.
6.6. The scope of work includes control cable required for connection for DG set & AMF Panel. Nothing
shall be paid extra by department on A/c of this.
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 137
6.7. All equipments shall be guaranteed for a minimum period of 12 months/as per OEM from the date
of taking over the installation by the department against unsatisfactory performance and/ or break
down due to defective design, workmanship of material. The equipments or components, or any
part thereof, so found defective during guarantee period shall be forthwith repaired or replaced
free of cost, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
7.1. The work shall be executed as per CPWD specifications for Wet riser & sprinkler system 2020
Part-V & Fire detection & fire alarm system 2018 Part VI as amended upto date. The work is of
replacement and nature and to be executed in occupied building. Hence, the Contractor is advised
to visit the site before submission of his tender and ensure that equipment being offered by them
shall be accommodated in the spaces available.
7.2. No T&P shall be issued by the Department and nothing extra shall be paid on account of this.
7.3. Payment terms, technical specifications & other terms & conditions shall be as per CPWD
Specifications Wet riser & sprinkler system 2020 Part-V & Fire detection & fire alarm system 2018
Part VI
7.4. Data Manual and Drawing to be furnished by the tenderer:After award of work: The
successful tenderer be required to submit the following drawings within 30 days of award of work
of approval before commencement of installation.
7.4.1. General arrangement drawing of the Fire fighting systemand Fire alarm systemin the building with
complete dimensions.
7.4.2. Any other drawing necessary for the job, the successful tender should furnish well in advance
three copies of detailed instruction and manuals of manufacturer's for all items of equipments
regarding installation, adjustment operation and maintenance including preventative maintenance
and troubleshooting together with all the relevant date sheets, spare parts catalogue etc. all in
triplicate.
7.5.1. The work shall comprise of entire labour including supervision and all material necessary to make
a complete installation and such tests and adjustment and commissioning as may be required by
the department. The term complete installation shall not only mean major items of the plant and
equipments covered by the specification but all incidental sundry components necessary for
complete execution and satisfactory performance of installation with all layout charts whether or
not those have been mentioned in detail in the tender documents in connection with this contract
as this is a turnkey job.
7.5.2. In addition to supply, installation, testing and commissioning of FAS/ AFAS including intelligent
addressable FAS equipments, following works shall be deemed to be included with the scope of
work to be executed by the tenderer as this is a turnkey job-
7.5.3. Minor building works necessary for installation of equipments, foundation making of opening in
walls or in floors and restoring them to their original condition / finish and necessary grouting etc.
as required.
7.5.4. All supports for cable and MS Channel for erection as are necessary.
7.5.5. Getting CFO inspection done and obtaining clearance by the Agency. However, necessary fees for
inspection shall be borne by the Department.
7.5.6. Sufficient trained and experienced staff shall be made available to meet any exigency of work
during the guarantee period of one year from the handing over of the installation.
Page 138
7.5.7. The maintenance, routine as well as preventative for one year from the date of taking over the
installation as per manufactures recommendation shall be carried out.
7.6. Works to be done by the Contractor for fire alarm work :In addition to supply, installation,
testing and commissioning of all the equipments and materials as per the schedule of work, the
following works shall be deemed to be included within the scope of work to be executed by the
contractor, whether or not indicated in the schedule of work. (i) Extension of the conduit ends upto
the FAS / AFAS Equipments and loop earthling as required. (ii) All minor building work such as
cutting and making good the damages. (iii) Necessary testing equipments. (iv) Watch and ward of
the equipments, materials and installation, till their handing over to the department duly installed
and commissioned. (v) Approval from the concerned fire authorities as may be required as per the
local Fire Regulations and byelaws.
7.7. Works to be done by the Contractor for fire fighting work:Foundations for equipment including
foundation bolts and vibration isolation spring/pads, (ii) Suspenders, brackets and floor/wall
supports for suspending/supporting pipes. (iii) Suspenders and/or cable trays for laying the cables,
(iv) Excavation and refilling of trenches in soil wherever the pipes are to be laid directly in ground,
including necessary base treatment and supports. (v) Sealing of all floor slab/wall openings
provided by the Department or made by the contractor for pipes and cables, from fire safety point
of view, after laying of the same. (vi) Painting of all exposed metal surfaces of equipment and
components with appropriate colour as per para 1.13. (vii) Making openings in the
walls/floors/slabs or modification in the existing openings wherever provided for carrying pipe line,
cables etc. (viii)All electrical works including cable/wires, earthing etc. beyond power supply made
available by the department. (ix) Making good all damages caused to the structure during
installation and restoring the same to their original finish. (x) Approval from local fire authorities as
may be required as per local bye-laws.
Before commencement of work, the agency shall obtain Provisional fire NOC from Fire Services
Department by submitting the necessarydocuments like fire drawings etc. nothing extra will be paid
in this regard. Howevernecessary fees if any, will be paid by the department.
The installation will be offered for inspection of local bodies (Chief Fire Officer). The contractor or
his representative shall attend such inspection of the Chief Fire Officer, extend all test facilities as
are considered necessary, rectify and comply with all observations of the Chief Fire Officer which
are part of the agreement and arrange for obtaining necessary clearance certificate in favour of the
department. In case the contractor fails to attend the inspection and make desired facilities
available during inspection, the department reserves the right to provide the same at the risk and
cost of the contractor and impose penalty for the same. The installation will be accepted by the
department only after receiving clearance from Chief Fire Officer for the work executed by the
contractor under the agreement.
7.10. Guaratee:All equipments shall be guaranteed for a minimum period of 12 months/as per OEM
from the date of taking over the installation by the department against unsatisfactory performance
and/ or break down due to defective design, workmanship of material. The equipments or
components, or any part thereof, so found defective during guarantee period shall be forthwith
repaired or replaced free of cost, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
8.0 CCTV
8.1. The work shall be executed as per CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part – I, II,
as amended upto last date of receipt of tender, relevant I.E. Rules, BIS/IEC and as per directions
of Engineer-in-charge. These additional specifications/ conditions are to be read in conjunction
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 139
with above and in case of variations; specifications given in these Additional conditions shall apply.
However, nothing extra shall be paid on account of these additional specifications and conditions,
as the same are to be read along with schedule of quantities for the work. In any case the
presidency of the documents shall be as per the following sequence:
Schedule of Quantity List of Approved Makes Technical Specification CPWD General Specification
General Condition Various IS/ IEC Codes.
The contractor shall prepare all the drawings indicating the general layout of locations of CCTV
surveillance equipments including cable routes.
The Contractor shall submit completion drawing (in triplicate) of the work as per requirement of
CPWD specification/condition of contract.
8.4. Guarantee The CCTV surveillance system shall have minimum guaranteeperiod for 1 years/as per
OEM from the date of taking over the installation by the department. The firm has to get approved
the CCTV Cameras and equipments beforeinstallation at site.
9.1. The Contractor shall depute skilled and qualified technician/Engineer for execution of work.
9.2. One number static by pass of suitable capacity shall be provided in UPS units, within the quoted
rates and nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
9.3. Battery Rack suitable for housing of battery bank is included in the scope of work and nothing
extra shall be paid on this account.
9.4. The Contractor shall submit the test report of the equipment from the manufacture.
9.5. The Contractor shall submit the guarantee for the equipment from the manufacturer for a period of
one year in case of UPS and two years in case of SMF batteries after date of installation and
commissioning of the system.
9.6. The UPS System shall be tested at site for all specified parameters on available load in presence
of the representative of Engineer-in-charge and report of same shall be submitted to the Engineer-
in-charge.
9.7. Any accidental liability shall be borne by the contractor and department shall not entertain any
claim in this regard.
9.8. All equipments shall be guaranteed for a minimum period of 12 months/as per OEM from the date
of taking over the installation by the department against unsatisfactory performance and/ or break
down due to defective design, workmanship of material. The equipments or components, or any
part thereof, so found defective during guarantee period shall be forthwith repaired or replaced
free of cost, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
10.1. The work shall be carried out strictly in accordance with CPWD General Specifications for Nurse
Call System 2022, as amended upto date and as per instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge
including as below and nothing will be paid extra.
10.2. Payment terms, technical specifications & other terms & conditions shall be as per CPWD
Specifications Nurse Call System 2022.
10.3. Warranty
Page 140
10.3.1. Comprehensively all the goods supplied under the contract shall be new, unused and incorporate
all recent improvements in design and materials unless prescribed otherwise in the contract. The
supplier further warrants that the goods supplied under the contract shall have no defect arising
from design, materials (except when the design adopted and/or the material used are as per the
Purchaser's/ Consignee's specifications) or workmanship or from any act or omission of the
supplier, that may develop under normal use of the supplied goods under the conditions prevailing
in India.
10.3.2. The warranty shall include all spares, labour and preventive maintenance from the date of
completion of the satisfactory installation and acceptance till warranty period.
11.1. The work shall be carried out strictly in accordance with CPWD General Specifications for Medical
Gas Pipeline System 2022, as amended upto date and as perinstructionsoftheEngineer-in-
Chargeincludingasbelowandnothingwillbepaidextra.
11.2. Payment terms, technical specifications & other terms & conditions shall be as per CPWD
Specifications Medical Gas Pipeline System 2022.
11.3. Warranty
11.3.1. Comprehensively all the goods supplied under the contract shall be new, unused and incorporate
all recent improvements in design and materials unless prescribed otherwise in the contract. The
firm further warrants that the goods supplied under the contract shall have no defect arising from
design, materials (except when the design adopted and/or the material used are as per the
Purchaser's/Consignee's specifications) or workmanship or from any act or omission of the
supplier, that may develop under normal use of the supplied goods under the conditions prevailing
in India.
11.3.2. The warranty shall include all spares, labour and preventive maintenance from the date of
completion of the satisfactory installation and acceptance till warranty period.
11.3.3. Warranty will be for complete work inclusive of all accessories and turnkey work and it will also
cover the following, wherever executed in the contract:-
a) Primary (Liquid Medical Oxygen) LMO tank system including Control Panel & Automatic
Switchovers.
b) Secondary oxygen manifold and emergency oxygen manifold with automatic control panels.
c) Nitrous oxide manifold and emergency NO manifold with automatic control panel.
Page 141
n) Other items executed in contract.
12.1. The work shall be carried out strictly in accordance with CPWD General Specifications for Modular
Operation Theater 2022, as amended upto date and as per instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge
including as below and nothing will be paid extra.
12.2. Payment terms, technical specifications & other terms & conditions shall be as per CPWD
Specifications Modular Operation Theater 2022.
12.3. Warranty
12.3.1. Comprehensively all the goods supplied under the contract shall be new, unused and incorporate
all recent improvements in design and materials unless prescribed otherwise in the contract. The
firm further warrants that the goods supplied under the contract shall have no defect arising from
design, materials (except when the design adopted and/or the material used are as per the
Purchaser's/Consignee's specifications) or workmanship or from any act or omission of the
supplier, that may develop under normal use of the supplied goods under the conditions prevailing
in India.
12.3.2. The warranty shall include all spares, labour and preventive maintenance from the date of
completion of the satisfactory installation and acceptance till warranty period.
12.3.3. Warranty will be inclusive of all accessories and turnkey work and it will also cover the following,
wherever executed in the contract:-
a) All kinds of wall panel door, scrubs. OT Light, MGPS line & terminal in MOT area gauges,
surgeon control panels, pendents, anaesthetic equipment, UPS and UPS battery electrical
installation, isolation panel, audio visual equipment camera and monitor etc.
13.0 STP
13.1. Completion: The work will be consideredas complete only after successful installation and
operation of all E&M Systems and issue of test results asper CPWD specifications after completion
of allwork.It is the responsibility of agency to arrange and provide power for testing and
commissioning also. Any approved required from Local body for this work to be provided by the
contractor. Warranty of E&M systems will be reckoned from the date of successful
energisationandtesting of each component of E&M system asper CPWD specifications and
handing over of the systems to client.
13.3. The samples from STP shall be sent for testing in the approved lab and the cost for
thesameshallbebornebytheContractor.
13.4.1. For the purpose of handover; the contractor shall have to collect at least 4 (four) samples
oftreatedsewage(water)fromtheoutletpointoftertiarytreatment,thesamplecollectionsbeingnot less
than one week apart, during the course of trial runs, and get them tested for thestipulated results
from Government Approved Laboratories, as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Page 142
13.4.2. Atleasttwoconsecutivetestresultsshouldconformtostipulatedtreatedsewagevalues.Failingwhich; the
trial run period will keep extending till such time that the test results are
satisfactoryforatleasttwoweeksincontinuation.
13.5.1. Thetrialrunwillbedeemedtobeginwhenthecontractorhascompletedtheentireinstallation,done
individual equipment working testing, has removed all snags / shortcomings / fault repairetc and
the entire process is operational for at least 24 hours continuously without any interruption on any
ront.
13.5.2. The trial run period for 30days from the above note date, subject to test results being satisfactory
as detailed in subsequent paragraphs.
13.6.1. The contractor will have to submit the following with in two weeks of award of work.
b) Full PID for the offered system including the reinall equipment details, pipeline specifications
and sizes, flow directions and all other relevant details.
c) Complete technical submittal with calculations, catalogues and technical data sheets and
drawings for all equipment included in th system.
e) Complete set of shop drawings for all the civil works required for the plant, made as per space,
dimensions and levels actually available at site.
f) Detailed fabrication drawings for all fabricated equipment including the barscreen, tanksetc.
13.6.2. All these drawings will haveto be made/modified according to site requirements.
13.7. DuringExecution :As and when the contractor places or derfor the Sewage Treatment Plant, a
copy of such orders shall be endorsed to the Engineer-In-Charge.
13.8.1. A final set of "As Built Drawings"containingall details as actually executed shall be submitted for
future reference and use of department /owners.
13.8.3. Original Guarantee Cards/warranty certificates from all manufacturers /suppliers for various
equipment as received by the contractor.
13.9. Defect Liability Period :The defect liability shallbe 12 months after the date of completion of work
13.10. Technicalparameters
13.10.1. The scope of work includes Design, Fabrication, Supply, installation, testing, trial run &
commissioning of sewage Treatment Plant items as per NIT ofbased on aerobic, attached
growth, moving bed bio reactor technologyequipped with Fluidized Aerobic Bed / PVC UV
stabilized plastic media attachment for bacteriagrowth. The said STP cost include following;All
the accessories, pipes etc. shall be in the scope of this Item.
Page 143
a) Characteristic of sewageandeffluentatinlet:
PH :6.5-8.5
BOD5:300mg/l
S. Solids:200mg/lCOD:500mg/l
Coliform:10^6-10^7counts/100ml
b) TreatedeffluentcharacteristicasperHSPCBnorms.
pH:(5.5to9)
BOD:<10Mg/L
TSS:<20Mg/L
COD:<50Mg/LColiform:Nil
The treated effluent shall be odourless,freefrom oil, grease and other obnoxious matters.
c) TheSTP is construction work and the treatment process will consist of four stages.
i. Stage1:PrimaryTreatment
ScreenChamber,Oil&GritTrapandsewagecollectiontank.
ii. Stage2:Secondaryorbiologicaltreatment
AerationTank,SecondaryClarifier.
iii. Stage3:Tertiarytreatment
S. PROCESSUNIT BRIEFPURPOSE
No. BRIEFPURPOSE
1. ScreenChamber Forremovalofcoarseparticle/matter
3. AerationTank Forbiologicalaerobictreatment
4. SecondaryClarifier Forseparationofbiosolids
7. SludgeThickeningTank Tostorethesludgebeforedewatering&dryi
ng
Page 144
13.10.3. BriefProcessDescription
a) Primary Treatment
Sewage waste water will first pass through as creen chamber for removal course
materials.From thre the sewage water willbe pumped to Aeration Tank for
BiologicalTreatment.
b) Secondary(Biological)Treatment
The Aeration Tank oxidizes the organic matter in effluent to CO2 & H2O by the ae
rationprinciple. In Aeration Tank Aeration Tank is fitted with no of air diffusers of suitable
capacityto provide necessary dissolved oxygen mixed to the effluent. Twin-Lobe Blowers for
oxidation rovides the aeration. The biological system has to be operated continuously all 20
hours and there by constantfeed of Sewage water is required.
The secondary Tube Settler,which designed on lowoverflowrate, I sprovided after the Aeration
Tank to enable separation of solids. A part of the sludge isre-circulated to theAeration Tank in
order to maintain MLSS levels and a part is drained to the sludge Holdingtank/ Filter Press.
Acclimatized Bacterial Culture will be added into the Aeration Tank to give th efollowing
advantages as mentioned in the salientpoints of our offer.
The Clarifier water collected from the collection launder of the Secondary Tube Settler is
thenpassedtotheFilterFeedtank.
c) Tertiary Treatment
Page 145
LIST MAKES OF EQUIPMENT
EI & FANS
1 MCB, Isolator, Industrial Plug Socket, Schneider Electric ACTI-9(N)/ Legrand(DX3)/ Hager/
RCCB, RCBO`s L&T(Exora)/ ABB(S200M)/
Seimens(Betaguard)/Havells
5 FRLS PVC ins. Copper cond. Single core Finolex/ RR Kabel/ KEI/ Havells/ Polycab/
cable for wiring (ISI marked) Lapp/Plaza cables/NEC
7 MS Conduit (ISI marked) with heavy duty BEC/ NIC/ AKG/ RMCON/Steel Kraft ( Note:- the
MSConduit pipe accessories. make of accessories shall be same that of conduit
pipe & will comply to IS/14768 part2 2003)
9 Anti Bacterial – Modular type Switches, Legrand(Myrius)/ Schneider Electric (Livia)/ ABB
Sockets/ Plugs/RJ-45 & RJ-11/Telephone (Tvisha)/Honeywell(Orna)
socket/ cable TV Socket/ Data outlet
socket/Fan Regulator/ GI Boxes
Etc(WiringAccessories) (For hospital
building)
Page 146
19 Exhaust Fan Havells/Crompton Greaves/Almonard/ Orient//Bajaj
Lighting Arrester
44 Gland Jainson/Dowell/Comet
Page 147
tube
SH:-III (Lift) 3
1 Lift Johnson/Thysunkrup/Mitsubishi/Schindler/Kone/
Omega
5 Power/ Aux. contactor 3/4 pole Schneider Electric / Legrand/ Hager/ L&T/ ABB/
Seimens/ C&S/BCH/Havells
7 LED type indicating lamp/ Push Button Schneider Electric / L&T/ Siemens/ C&S/Vaishno
Page 148
Electrotech
21 Capacitor & Reactors/ APFC Relay Epcos/L&T/ Ducati/ ABB/ Siemens/ Schneider/
Havells
22 XPLE insulated PVC sheathed Alum. / Finolex/ RR Kabel/ KEI/ Havells/ Polycab/Plaza
Copper conductor Armored / Unarmored cables/ NEC
cable of 1.1 KV grade
DG SET
6 MS Pipe JINDAL/TATA/SAIL
7 Cableglands&Lugs Comet/Dowells/HaxBrass(copperAlloyIndia)/Jainson/
Action
9 XLPE insulated PVC Sheathed Alum. / Finolex/ RR Kabel/ KEI/ Havells/ Polycab/Plaza
Copper conductor Armored cable of 1.1 KV cables/ NEC.
grade
Page 149
Fire fighting system 7
6 Gun Metal/ Brass valve (ISI marked)/ (Full Sant /Leader/Advance/Zoloto/ Kirloskar
way Globe valve/ Non return valve)
11 Fire/Sprinkler pump/Terrace Fire pump Kirloskar/ KSB/ Grundfos/Wilo mather & platt
13 Diesel Engine for Fire Pump Cummins India/ Ashok Layland/ Perkins/Volvo
penta/Caterpiller
20 First Aid Hose Drum / Fire Hose Reels / Minimax/New Age/ Safeguard/ Lifeguard/ Eversafe/
Shut off Nozzle (Gunmetal / ABS) (ISI Padmini/ Omex/Andex
Marked)
24 Rust Preventive polymeric 4mm thick tape Pypcoat/ Marphalt/ Rustech/ Safex
for pipes directly buried in ground pipe
protection pypkoat (AW4) Wrapping (ISI
Page 150
Marked)
25 Level Controller & Indicator(water) (ISI Auto pump/ Cirrus Engineering / Techtrol
Marked)
27 Thermoplastic pipe for firstAid Hose Reel New Age/ Safeguard/ Lifeguard/ Padmini/
(ISI Marked) Omex/Eversafe
31 LED type indicating lamp/Push Button Schneider Electric / L&T/ Seimens/ C&S/ABB
41 Cable glands & Lugs Comet/ Dowells/ Hax Brass (copper Alloy India)/
Jainson/Action
Page 151
50 Microprocessor based intelligent Notifier/Bosch/Honeywell/Siemens/Johnson/
addressable main fire alarm panel Hampton/Simplex
10
55 Addressable strobe Notifier/Bosch/Honeywell/Siemens/Johnson/
Hampton
11
56 Response indicator 12 Notifier/Bosch/Honeywell/Siemens/Johnson/Agni/
Hampton
13
57 Fire survival armoured cable 14 Havells/KEI/Finolex/RR Cable/Bonton/Noburn/Lapp
Fire Extinguishers 15
16
58 CO2 type portable fire extinguisher 17 Ceasefire/Lifeguard/Andex/Securezone/Minimax/
Kanex
18
59 ABC Powder type portable fire extinguisher
19 Ceasefire/Lifeguard/Andex/Securezone/Minimax/
Kanex
20
60 Water Gas Pressure type portable21fire Ceasefire/Lifeguard/Andex/Securezone/Minimax/
extinguisher Kanex
CCTV 24
5 DataNetworkCable Amp/Avaya/Beldon/Legrand/Molex/Schneider/NEC.
Page 152
8 Firewall Zyxel/Fourdinet/ Cisco
10 RJ-45 LEGRAND/MK/ANCHOR/AVE/ZENCELO
SCHNIEDER/D-link
12 HDD D-Link/Cisco/HP/Seagate/Samsung/WD
13 Workstation HP/Dell/Lenovo/Acer
(UPS) 25
(EPABX)
11 Pigtails CommScope/Panduit-Panet/Corning/Leviton/
Systimax
14 CAT-6 CommScope/Panduit-Panet/Corning/Leviton/
Systimax
15 RJ-45 LEGRAND/MK/ANCHOR/AVE/ZENCELO
SCHNIEDER/D-link
Page 153
16 PVC Conduit AKG/norpack/BEC/Polypack/Precision/Anchor/
Polycab/Harson
(LAN)
27
5 Network Switch/Router 28 Extreme /Cisco / Juniper
29
6 ACCESS SWITCH Cisco Catalyst/ Juniper/ HP Aruba/ Ruckus/ Extreme
Network
30
8 Patch panel/LIU Box /Fiber & R-45 Patch
31 Moolex/ AMP/D-Link
cord
32
9 SM Fiber Optic Duplex Patch Cable 33 CommScope/Panduit-
Panet/Corning/Leviton/Systimax
34
11 RJ-45 Socket LEGRAND/MK/ANCHOR/AVE/ZENCELO
SCHNIEDER/D-link
12 Modular switch and socket outlet/ USB/ Legrand / Schneider / Havells / M.K./ Northwest/ABB
plate/ G.I. Box./ Base/ cover plate/ MCB/ /Roma
Electronic fan regulator
35
13 Racks 36 Rittal / APW President/ MTS / Netrack/ Velrack/
Dynamic/A-uniks
40
2. Std. bed unit with std. handset with 41
code Altos, Schrack/GE/Siemen/ Notifier /Afcon/Amtek/
blue/system switch/bed head connection Schrack/Turnstal/Siemens/Saninways/Tyco/Heinrich/
modulus/ management central control/ Rauland/ Austco / Seconet/Hampton
software & other access.
42
3. Toilet Emergency Unit 43 Altos, Schrack/GE/Siemen/ Notifier /Afcon/Amtek
44
4. Door Display Unit 45 Altos, Schrack/GE/Siemen/ Notifier /Afcon/Amtek
Page 154
SH:-VII (Medical equipments) MGPLS
2. Fully Automatic Control Panel for Oxygen AKTIV /S.KUMAR /ANEER ENGINEERS /MED
FRESHE/ MPS/Tritech/ Dragger/Gregesson
5. Nitrous Oxide Automatic Control Panel AKTIV /S.KUMAR /ANEER ENGINEERS /MED
(Imported ) FRESHE/ MPS/Tritech/ Dragger/Gregesson
16 Valve with valve box and pressure guage AKTIV /S.KUMAR /ANEER ENGINEERS /MED
FRESHE/MPS/MANJOT ENGINEERING/KRISHNA
ENGINEERING
Page 155
23 Terminal Unit/MEDICAL GAS OUTLET AKTIV/S.KUMAR /ANEER ENGINEERS/MED
FRESHE/ MPS/Flowmeter/pneumatic
berlin/Greggerson/ Precision/Allied Healthcare/
PHOENIX/TRITECH/OHIO/POWER EX
25 High pressure tube for O2, N2O, ALLIED MEDICAL/AKTIV/ S.KUMAR /ANEER
Compressed Air & Vacuum ENGINEERS/MED FRESHE/ MPS/Flowmeter
/pneumatic berlin/Greggerson
27 Theater suction Trolley with Regulator for ALLIED MEDICAL/AKTIV/ S.KUMAR /ANEER
Operation theaters ENGINEERS/MED FRESHE/ MPS/Flowmeter/
pneumatic berlin/ Greggerson/ Allied Healthcare/
PHOENIX/TRITECH/OHIO/POWER EX
Modular OT
5 Medical Gas pipeline system inside OT Copper Pipe- Max-flow/ Rajko/ Metalco/MANDEV
Copper Fittings- Conex Banninger (IBP Conex)/
Muller/Yorkshire/Mehta tube/ MED FRESHE/
ALTOS/ CUBEX/ LAWTON
Page 156
11 Membrane type Operation Theatre Control AKTIV/JK// MED FRESHE/ALTOS
Panel (6 service Tiles) mounted.
17 Electrical wiring within the OT Area Finolex / Havells /Skytone /MED FRESHE
/ALTOS/LAPP KABEL/KEI
Laundry
1 Hot Dipped Galvanized Octogonal Pole Valmont/ Wipro/ Phillips/ Crompton Greaves/Bajaj/
Page 157
(Factory Finish)/Arm Bracket Paruthi Engineers Pvt. Ltd/Bajaj.
3 XLPE insulated PVC Sheathed Alum. / Finolex/ RR Kabel/ KEI/ Havells/ Polycab/Plaza
Copper conductor Armored cable of 1.1 KV cables/ NEC.
grade
46 SH:-IX (STP) 47
48
2 PUMP ACCESSORIES 49 GRUNDFOS / KIROLSKAR/ WILO / CROMPTON
50
3 MS PIPE 51 JINDAL/TATA/SAIL
52
4 PIPE FITTINGS 53 ZOLOTO/SANT
54
5 CPVC PIPES & FITTINGS 55 SUPREME / PRINCE / ASTRAL
56
6 UPVC PIPES & FITTINGS 57 SUPREME /PRINCE / ASTRAL
58
7 BALL VALVE, BUTTERFLY VALVE, 59
NON ZOLOTO / SANT /ADVANCE
RETURN VALVE, MOTORISED VALVE,
PRV, Y- STRAINER
60
8 MULTIGRADE FILTER 61 THERMAX / HITACHI / DEGREMONT LTD ION-
EXCHANGE / VENZA
62
9 RAW SEWAGE PUMP/ SLUDGE RECYCLE
63 GRUNDFOS / WILO/ KIRLOSKAR/CROMPTON
PUMP/ DISPOSAL PUMPS
64
10 PRESSURE GAUGE 65 H GURU / FEIBIG/GLUCK
66
11 PRESSURE SWITCH 67 INDOFOS/SYSTEM SENSOR / DANFOS
68
12 ACTIVATED CARBON FILTER 69 ION EXCHANGE / THERMAX/ HITACHI
70 /DEGREMONT LTD VENZA
71
13 AIR BLOWER 72 EVEREST/ TMVT/BETA/BLOWVACC/ AIRVACC
73
14 FILTER 74 AVENTURA/PENTAIR/LINQ/STARLITE
75
15 OIL AND GREASE SKIMMER 76 AKAR IMPEX/VENZA/UNIVERSAL/
77
16 FILTER PRESS 78 WEEPL/AKAR IMPEX/UNIVERSAL/W2P TEK
79
17 AIR DIFFUSER / BUBBLE DIFFUSER
80 & EDI, USA /REHAU GERMAN /SOUTH COGEN /
MEMBRANCE UNIVERSAL
81
18 MBBR & TUBEDEK MEDIA 82 MM AQUA/PP AQUA/W2P TEK/UNIVERSAL
83
19 FLOW METER 84 EMBARK/ASTER/
85
20 HDPE/PVC TANK 86 REX / TRIUPATI /DURALINE / GANGA / SINTEX /
ASTRAL
87
21 pH SENSOR 88 W2P TEK/ASTER/DIGITAL/AKAR IMPEX
89
22 TUBE SETTLER MEDIA 90 PP AQUA/MM AQUA/ W2P TEK
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 158
91
23 UPVC/ MS PIPES 92 JINDAL/TATA/FINOLEX/SUPREME/ASTRAL
93
24 ELECTRICAL PANELS 94 TRICOLITE ELECTRICAL INDUSTRIES/
MILESTONE/ ADLEC CONTROL SYSTEMS PVT.
LTD./ADVANCE PANELS & SWITCHGEARS PVT.
LTD./ HAVELLS/ NEC/RP CONTROL
95
25 LT CABLES / CONTROL CABLES 96 PLAZA/HAVELLS/RRCABLE/POLYCAB/FINOLEX/
KEI/NEC
97
26 METERS 98 ENERCON/RISHABH/L&T/LEGRAND/ABB/
HAVELLS
99
27 SELECTOR SWITCHES 100 L&T/LEGRAND/ SAZLER / C&S/ABB/HAVELLS
101
28 MCCB/MCB 102 L & T /LEGRAND / C & S/ABB/HAVELLS
103
29 Any other item 104 To be decided by Engineer-in-charge
105 Note: The firm has to ensure that equipment manufacturer comes under definition of local manufacturers as
per Govt. of India, Policy of Public Procurement (Preference to make in India) order, 2017(PPM-MII order
2017) issued by Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion. Only products conforming to above policy
shall be allowed to be used in the work.
Note:-In respect of materials for which approved makes are not specified above, then proposed
makes shall be decided by the Engineer in Charge and as per sample approved before
procurement & Installation.
Page 159
SCHEDULE OF QUANTITY
(MINOR COMPONENT: E&M WORKS)
Name of work: Special repair including Rehabilitation, Retrofitting and augmentation of ESIC
Hospital cum Residential Complex at Sec-08, Faridabad.
Item
Description Qty Unit Rate Amount
No.
EI & Fans
4.1 2 X 1.5 sq. mm + 1 X 1.5 sq. mm earth wire 1920 Metre 327.00 627840.00
Page 160
5.2 6 x 1.5 sq. mm 480 Metre 181.00 86880.00
Page 161
complete with tinned copper bus bar, neutral
bus bar, earth bar, din bar, interconnections,
powder painted including earthing etc. as
required. (But without MCB/RCCB/Isolator)
LED Installation
Page 162
(max.), insulation resistance more than 2
mega ohm, suitable for 230 V, 50 Hz, single
phase AC Supply, earthing etc. complete as
required.
Page 163
Commissioning of LED Battan 20 W -
1200mm (Nominal Size) LED luminaire made
of extruded aluminium housing suitable for
220 Volt AC with system lumens output of
2200 or higher colour temp. 5700/6500K and
efficacy better than 110 lumens/watt, total
2200 lumen with integral electronic driver,
general colour rendering index (CRI) Ra >
80. Service life L70(tq 25 °C) = 50,000 h.
IK02/0,2 J, P.F>0.95, THD<10%, Protection
IP20. etc. complete as reqd.
Earthing
Page 164
23 Earthing with copper earth plate 600 mm X
600 mm X 3 mm thick including
accessoriesand providing masonry enclosure
with cover plate having locking arrangement
and watering pipe of 2.7 metre long etc. with
charcoal/ coke and salt as required. 2 Set 13838.00 27676.00
Page 165
28.6 3½ X 150 sq. mm (50mm) 8 Nos. 697.00 5576.00
Lightning Arrester
Page 166
of expansion piece with connector for
equalising temperature related length
changes. Necessary on round conductors
Rd8/ALU length over 20 meters to meets the
reuirement of IS/IEC 62305, tested for
Electrical, Meachanical and chemical as per
IEC 62561. complete etc. as required.
Page 167
required.
Page 168
62305 complete etc. as required.
SH-II : AC Installation
Page 169
unit shall have automatic force shut down
provision in case of fire on receiving signal
from BMS System. The cooling capacity of
indoor unit will be at air inlet conditions of 27
Degree C DB and 19 Degree C WB
temperature.
Page 170
52.1 Mid static ductable unit (Minimum 45 Pascal
external static pressure) 4 TR 4 Each 48731 194924.00
53 Supply,Installation,testing and
commissioning including vaccumiazation and
Nitrogen testing of following nominal sizes of
soft/hard drawn copper refrigerant piping for
VRV/VRF or Non VRV/VRF system,
complete with fittings,with suitable adjustable
ring type hanger supports, Copper YJoints,
jointing/brazing including
accessories,insulated with XPLE Class-O
tubular insulation/withClass-O closed cell
elastometric nitrile rubber tubular sleeves
sections of specified thickness as given
below for Suction and Liquid lines, all
accessories as per specifications
53.8 38.1 mm dia (OD) (Hard drawn) with tube 10 Metre 1265.00 12650.00
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 171
thickness 1.62 mm with 19 mm thick
insulation
DRAIN PIPING
Page 172
gaskets, nuts, bolts, screws inkages, flanges
etc, as per specifications.
Page 173
extensible type FP Aluminium Alloy bus bars
of high conductivity DMC/SMC bus bar
supports, with short circuit with stand
capacity of 31 MVA for 1 Sec., bottom base
channel of MS section not less than 100mm
x 50mm x 5mm thick, fabrication shall be
done in transportable section, entire panel
shall have a common copper earth bar of
suitable size at the rear with 2 Nos. earth
stud, solid connections from main bus bar to
switch gears with required size of Al. bus
bars and control wiring with 2.5 sqmm PVC
insulated copper conductor single core cable,
cable alleys, cable gland plates in two half,
i/c providing and fixing following switch
gears:-
i) Incoming
1 Nos. 400 Amp FP 36 KA (Ics=100%Icu)
with microprocessor, double break release
having variable current settings of O/L and
S/C, Spreader Links and handle.
Intellignet Panel Meter: Flush mounting, 96 x
96 mm size class 1 accuracy and LCD
display. Panel meter should be suitable for
true RMS reading. Meter should measure
line and phase voltage, current of all 3
phasees and neutral, HZ, PF, KW, KWH,
KVAR, KVARH, KVA, KVAH, Voltage and
current. Meter should be EMI/ EMC
complaint. Communication TCP or Ethernet
without using any convertor - 1 Set
6 Nos. Phase indication (R,Y,B) LED lamps,
On/off/Trip Indicating Lamp with protection
6A MCB, as required-1 set
3 Nos. (each) cast resin CTs of 400/5 Amp,
class 1 accuracy for metering IS:2705-1992
as ammended upto date and 15 VA burden -
1 set
MCCB's Aux. Contactor for ON AND Trip
Indication -1 Nos
Control MCB's - 6A SP - 6 Nos.
ii) Outgoing
a) 4 Set. 40A FP MCCB 18kAMCCB with
Thermal Magnetic double break based
release with ajustable setting (overload
setting ajdustable upto 70%) (Ics=Icu
=100%) and Short Circuit protection with
Digital with VAF Meter, Metering CT-
Page 174
40/5Amp - CL-1.0 (3 Nos), ON,OFF
Indicating LED
b) 7 Set. 63A FP MCCB 18kA MCCB with
Thermal Magnetic double break based
release with ajustable setting (overload
setting ajdustable upto 70%) (Ics=Icu
=100%) and Short Circuit protection with
Digital with VAF Meter,Metering CT-60/5Amp
- CL-1.0 (3 Nos), ON,OFF Indicating LED,
c) 2 Set. 100A FP MCCB 18kA MCCB with
Thermal Magnetic double break based
release with ajustable setting (overload
setting ajdustable upto 70%) (Ics=Icu
=100%) and Short Circuit protection with
Digital with VAF Meter, Metering CT-
100/5Amp - CL-1.0 (3 Nos), ON,OFF
Indicating LED,
Page 175
Total SH-II 5688376.00
SH-III: Lifts
Page 176
2100mm (H)
xii) Position of Machinery - Permanent
Magnet Synchronous ElectricTraction
Gearless Motor to be hoisted on guide rail
within the elevator hoistway
xiii) Flooring - Granite Flooring of approved
colour & thickness.
xiv) Lighting - Diffused Lighting in car
xv) Other Features -
a) Battery Operated Emergency Light with
Rechargeable Battery
b) Battery Operated Emergency Alarm with
Rechargeable Battery
c) Adjustable Guide Shoes
Page 177
s) Braille fixtures at all landings & full length
car operating panel in car.
t) Structure guards to be provided at two
levels in car.
u) Voltage stabilizer for control systems
v) Correction drive
w) Phase failure detection
x) Hall lanterns at all floors & LCD display
inside car
y) Land call disconnect switch.
z) Door open close buttons.
xvi) Comprehensive Maintenance for 5 years
after expiry of free warranty period of 12
months.
Sub-station – HT Panel
Page 178
No.Voltmeter (0-15 KV), one Digital type,
selector switch for voltemeter and protection
fuses/MCB for HT metering upto 15 KV on
incomer
iii) 1 No. (0-200 A.) dual scale Digital
Ammeter with selector switch
iv) 1 No. Microprocessor based numerical
relay with O/L, E/F and S/C protection
v) 1 No. Supervisory relay for checking
health of relay system
vi) 1 set of dual core, dual ratio, 3 Nos. CTs
200/100/5/5 A with necessary relay of 15 VA
burden and accuracy class-0.5 for metering
and class 5P10 for protection
B. OUTGOINGS 2 Nos. each consisting of
i) 1 No. 630 Amps.VCB
ii) 1 No. (0-100 A.) dual scale Digital
Ammeter with selector switch
iii) 1 No. Microprocessor based numerical
relay with O/L, E/F and S/C protection
iv) 1 set of dual core, dual ratio, 3 Nos. CTs
100/50/5/5 A with necessary relay of 15 VA
burden and accuracy class-0.5 for metering
and class 5P10 for protection
v) Necessary auxiliary relay for alarm and
triping through Buchholz relay of transformer
with necessary hooters, acknowledge/reset
buttons etc i/c interconnectons - 1 set.
1 No. Power panel pack with 220 Volt AC
input & 24 Volt DC continuous output
suitable for closing / tripping / indication of 3
Nos. HT panel boards with 2 Nos. 12 Volts
each maintenance free batteries of 100 AH
each, charging unit, capacitor bank for
emergency delivering for trip system
compete with suitable capacity of Ammeter
and voltmeter i/c connections with 2.5 sq.
mm FRLS insulated copper conductor cable
etc. as required.
Transformer
Page 179
Approximately 5% impedance, tapping for off
load operation of HV side in steps of +/-
2.5%, +/-5%-7.5%, having cable end boxes
on HV side suitable for 3X185 sqmm XLPE
cable of 11 KV grade suitable amp bus
trunking arrangement on LV side with neutral
brought out separately including supplying
and laying of copper conductor multicore
control cable from transformer to HT breaker
for safety tripping suitably mounted on MS
Channel i/c supplying and grounting of
suitable MS Channel with all accessories and
confirming to IS 11171:1985 & as pre
specification attached complete in all
respects as required at site.
Page 180
armoured PVC insulated & PVC
sheathed/XLPE power cable of 11 KV grade
as per IS 7908 of following size in the
existing RCC/HUME/STONEW ARE/METAL
pipe as reqd.
LT Panel
Page 181
coating in approved shade, having 2000 Amp
capacity extensible type TPN aluminium alloy
bus bars of high conductivity, DMC / SMC
bus bars of high conductivity, DMC/ SMC
bus bar supports, with short circuit withstand
capacity of 31 MVA for 1 Sec., bottom base
channel of MS section not less than 100
mm x 50 mm x 5 mm thick, fabrication shall
be done in transportable sections, entire
panel shall have a common copper earth bar
of size 25 mm x 5 mm at the rear with 2 Nos.
earth stud, solid connections from main bus
bar to switch gears with required size of Al.
bus bars and control wiring with 2.5 sq. mm.
PVC insulated copper conductor S/C cable,
cable alleys, cable gland plates in two half,
i/c providing following switch gears :-
A.1 Incomer - 3 Nos. Each comprising of
following
i)1600A four pole horizontal drawout type air
circuit breaker of fault breakingcapacity 50
kA breaking capacity (Ics = Icu = Icw=100%)
for 1 second electrically operated (EDO),
fitted with interlocked door, automatic safety
shutters, mechanical ON/OFF and
service/test/isolated position indicators and
frame earthing contact, conforming to IEC
60947/IS-13947/Part-II/1993 latest version
as amended up-to-date complete with
Microprocessor releases based release for
adjustable setting for over current, earth fault
& short circuit protection with 4 line LCD
(R,Y,B,N) touch display with bar graph for %
loading of phases. all three current and
neutral current (Class of Accuracy 1) ,
release should self powered requiring no
external power supply, protection against
phase unbalance and residual current,
counting the number of operations and
contact wear of arc chutes, over temperature
protection with 30 fault history and event
history minimum 60 and inbuilt zone
selective interlocking feature
contacts,counting the number of operations
and contact wear, ACB's shall be
commuciate on as IEC61850 with following
accessories for each ACB - 1 No.
ii) Under Voltage Release for ACB - 1 No.
iii) Mechanical Interlocking for ACB - 1 No.
Page 182
iv) Aux. Contactor with Add on Block
(2NO+2NC) - 2 Nos.
v) Breaker Control Switch - 1 No.
vi) Intellignet Panel Meter: Flush mounting,
96 x 96 mm size class 1 accuracy and LCD
display. Panel meter should be suitable for
true RMS reading. Meter should measure
line and phase voltage, current of all 3
phasees and neutral, HZ, PF, KW, KWH,
KVAR, KVARH, KVA, KVAH, Voltage and
current. Meter should be EMI/ EMC
complied. Communication TCP or Ethernet
without using any convertor - 1 No.
vii) 1600/5A, Cl-1.0, 15VA, CT's, Resin Cast
Type - 3 Nos.
viii) CT Shorting Link - 3 Nos.
ix) R/Y/B Phase Indication Lights (Led Type,
220V AC) - 1 Set
x) On/Off/Trip Indication Lights (Led Type,
220V AC) - 3 Nos.
xi) Control MCB 2A SP, 10kA, C-Curve - 4
Nos.
xii) Neutral Link - 2 Nos.
xiii) ARC gurad realy with Sensor -1 Set
A.2 Bus-Coupler - 1 No. Each comprising
of following
i) 1600A four pole horizontal drawout type air
circuit breaker of fault breaking capacity 50
kA breaking capacity (Ics = Icu = Icw=100%)
for 1 second electrically operated (EDO),
fitted with interlocked door, automatic safety
shutters, mechanical ON/OFF and
service/test/isolated position indicators and
frame earthing contact, conforming to IEC
60947/IS-13947/Part-II/1993 latest version
as amended up-to-date complete with
Microprocessor releases based release for
adjustable setting for over current, earth fault
& short circuit protection with 4 line LCD
(R,Y,B,N) touch display with bar graph for %
loading of phases. all three current and
neutral current (Class of Accuracy 1) ,
release should self powered requiring no
external power supply, protection against
phase unbalance and residual current,
counting the number of operations and
contact wear of arc chutes, over temperature
protection with 30 fault history and event
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 183
history minimum 60 and inbuilt zone
selective interlocking feature
contacts,counting the number of operations
and contact wear, ACB's shall be
commuciate on as IEC61850 with following
accessories for each ACB - 1 No.
ii) Under Voltage Release for ACB - 1 No.
iii) Mechanical Interlocking for ACB - 1 No.
iv) Aux. Contactor with Add on Block
(2NO+2NC) - 2 Nos.
v) Breaker Control Switch - 1 No.
vi) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
AC) - 2 Nos.
vii) Control MCB 2A SP, 10kA, C-Curve - 2
Nos.
viii) Neutral Link - 2 Nos
B. Outgoings
Section-A
B.1 1000A FP MDO ACB Feeder - 1 No.
Each comprising of following
i)1000A four pole horizontal drawout type air
circuit breaker of fault breakingcapacity 50
kA breaking capacity (Ics = Icu = Icw=100%)
for 1 second manullay operated (MDO), fitted
with interlocked door, automatic safety
shutters, mechanical ON/OFF and
service/test/isolated position indicators and
frame earthing contact, conforming to IEC
60947/IS-13947/Part-II/1993 latest version
as amended up-to-date complete with
Microprocessor releases based release for
adjustable setting for over current, earth fault
& short circuit protection with 4 line LCD
(R,Y,B,N) touch display with bar graph for %
loading of phases. all three current and
neutral current (Class of Accuracy 1) ,
release should self powered requiring no
external power supply, protection against
phase unbalance and residual current,
counting the number of operations and
contact wear of arc chutes, over temperature
protection with 30 fault history and event
history minimum 60 and inbuilt zone
selective interlocking feature
contacts,counting the number of operations
and contact wear, ACB's shall be
commuciate on as IEC61850 with following
accessories for each ACB - 1 No.
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 184
ii) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
AC) - 2 Nos.
iii) 6A SP MCB, 10kA, C-Curve - 1 No.
iv) Neutral Link - 1 No.
B.2 400A TP+N MCCB Feeder - 2 No.
Each comprising of following
i) 400A TP+N, 36kA, MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection. - 1 No.
ii) Spreader Terminals for 400A TP MCCB -
1 No.
iii) Door Operating Handle for 400A MCCB -
1 No.
iv) Aux. Contact for 400A MCCB - 1 No.
v) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
AC) - 2 Nos.
vi) 6A SP MCB, 10kA, C-Curve - 1 No.
vii) Neutral Link - 1 No.
B.3 160A TP+N MCCB Feeder - 1 No. Each
comprising of following
i) 160A TP+N, 25kA, MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection 1 No.
ii) Spreader Terminals for 160A TP MCCB -
1 Set
iii) Door Operating Handle for 160A MCCB -
1 No.
iv) Aux. Contact for 160A MCCB - 1 No.
v) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
AC) - 2 Nos.
vi) 6A SP MCB, 10kA, C-Curve - 1 No.
vii) Neutral Link - 1 No.
Section-B
B.4 400A TP+N MCCB Feeder - 2 No.
Each comprising of following
i) 400A TP+N, 36kA, MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection. - 1 No.
ii) Spreader Terminals for 400A TP MCCB -
Page 185
1 No.
iii) Door Operating Handle for 400A MCCB -
1 No.
iv) Aux. Contact for 400A MCCB - 1 No.
v) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
AC) - 2 Nos.
vi) 6A SP MCB, 10kA, C-Curve - 1 No.
vii) Neutral Link - 1 No.
B.5 200A TP+N MCCB Feeder - 2 Nos.
Each comprising of following
i) 200A TP+N, 36kA, MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection. - 1 No.
ii) Spreader Terminals for 2000A TP MCCB -
1 No.
iii) Door Operating Handle for 200A MCCB -
1 No.
iv) Aux. Contact for 200A MCCB - 1 No.
v) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
AC) - 2 Nos.
vi) 6A SP MCB, 10kA, C-Curve - 1 No.
vii) Neutral Link - 1 No.
B.6 250A TP+N MCCB Feeder - 1No. Each
comprising of following
i) 250A TP+N, 36kA, MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection. - 1 No.
ii) Spreader Terminals for 250A TP MCCB -
1 No.
iii) Door Operating Handle for 250A MCCB -
1 No.
iv) Aux. Contact for 250A MCCB - 1 No.
v) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
AC) - 2 Nos.
vi) 6A SP MCB, 10kA, C-Curve - 1 No.
vii) Neutral Link - 1 No.
B.7 125A TP+N MCCB Feeder - 1 No.
Each comprising of following
i) 125A TP+N, 25kA, MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
Page 186
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection 1 No.
ii) Spreader Terminals for 125A TP MCCB -
1 Set
iii) Door Operating Handle for 125A MCCB -
1 No.
iv) Aux. Contact for 125A MCCB - 1 No.
v) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
AC) - 2 Nos.
vi) 6A SP MCB, 10kA, C-Curve - 1 No.
vii) Neutral Link - 1 No.
Section-C
B.8 400A TP+N MCCB Feeder - 2 No.
Each comprising of following
i) 400A TP+N, 36kA, MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection. - 1 No.
ii) Spreader Terminals for 400A TP MCCB -
1 No.
iii) Door Operating Handle for 400A MCCB -
1 No.
iv) Aux. Contact for 400A MCCB - 1 No.
v) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
AC) - 2 Nos.
vi) 6A SP MCB, 10kA, C-Curve - 1 No.
vii) Neutral Link - 1 No.
B.9 200A TP+N MCCB Feeder - 1 Nos.
Each comprising of following
i) 200A TP+N, 36kA, MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection. - 1 No.
ii) Spreader Terminals for 2000A TP MCCB -
1 No.
iii) Door Operating Handle for 200A MCCB -
1 No.
iv) Aux. Contact for 200A MCCB - 1 No.
v) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
AC) - 2 Nos.
vi) 6A SP MCB, 10kA, C-Curve - 1 No.
vii) Neutral Link - 1 No.
B.10 630A TP+N MCCB Feeder - 1No.
Page 187
Each comprising of following
i) 630A TP+N, 36kA, MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection. - 1 No.
ii) Spreader Terminals for 630A TP MCCB -
1 No.
iii) Door Operating Handle for 630A MCCB -
1 No.
iv) Aux. Contact for 630A MCCB - 1 No.
v) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
AC) - 2 Nos.
vi) 6A SP MCB, 10kA, C-Curve - 1 No.
vii) Neutral Link - 1 No.
B.11 125A TP+N MCCB Feeder - 1Nos.
Each comprising of following
i) 125A TP+N, 25kA, MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection. - 1 No.
ii) Spreader Terminals for 125A TP MCCB -
1 No.
iii) Door Operating Handle for 125A MCCB -
1 No.
iv) Aux. Contact for 125A MCCB - 1 No.
v) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
AC) - 2 Nos.
vi) 6A SP MCB, 10kA, C-Curve - 1 No.
vii) Neutral Link - 1 No.
C. MISC. ITEM
i) 6" Cooling Fan with Filter - 4 Nos.
ii) Space Heater with Thermostat - 4 Nos.
iii) Panel Light with Door Limit Switch - 4
Nos.
APFC Panel
Page 188
covers, 3 mm thick for gland, plates i/c
cleaning & finishing complete with 7 tank
process for powder coating in approved
shade, having 400 Amp capacity extensible
type TPN aluminium alloy bus bars of high
conductivity, DMC / SMC bus bars of high
conductivity, DMC/ SMC bus bar supports,
with short circuit withstand capacity of 31
MVA for 1 Sec., bottom base channel of MS
section not less than 100 mm x 50 mm x 5
mm thick, fabrication shall be done in
transportable sections, entire panel shall
have a common copper earth bar of size 25
mm x 5 mm at the rear with 2 Nos. earth
stud, solid connections from main bus bar to
switch gears with required size of Al. bus
bars and control wiring with 2.5 sq. mm. PVC
insulated copper conductor S/C cable, cable
alleys, cable gland plates in two half, i/c
providing following switch gears :
A. Incomer
i) 630A TP+N, 36kA, MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection - 1 No.
ii) Spreader Terminals for 630A TP MCCB -
1 Set.
iii) Door Operating Handle for 250A MCCB -
1 No.
iii) Door Operating Handle for 250A MCCB -
1 No.
iv) Digital Ammeter (0-600A), Cl-1.0 Inbuilt
Selector Switch - 1 No.
v) Digital Voltmeter (0-500V), Cl-1.0 Inbuilt
Selector Switch - 1 No.
vi) 320/5A, Cl-1.0, 15VA, CT's, Resin Cast
Type - 3 Nos.
vii) CT Shorting Link - 3 Nos.
viii) R/Y/B Phase Indication Lights (Led Type,
220V AC) - 1Set
ix) Control MCB 6A SP, 10kA, C-Curve - 3
Nos.
x) Neutral Link - 1 No.
xi) ARC gurad realy with Sensor -1 Set
B. APFC Control Section
i) 10-Step APFC Relay - 1 No.
Page 189
ii) Aux. Contactor with Add on Block
(2NO+2NC) - 6 Nos.
iii) Glass Relay - 6 Nos.
iv) A/M Selector Switch - 1 No.
v) Delay Timer - 1 No.
vi) Control MCB 6A SP, 10kA, C-Curve - 2
Nos.
vii) Neutral Link - 2 Nos.
viii) Fuse Below Indication Light - 14 Nos.
C) Capacitor Banks
(a) 50kVAR Capacitor Bank Feeder - 4
Nos. Each comprising of following
i) 125A TP, 25kA, MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection, Handle and spreaders - 1 No.
ii) 50kVAR Capacitor Duty Contactor - 1 No.
iii) 66.2 kVAR MPP Type Heavy Duty
Capacitor Bank, 525V AC- 1 No.
iv) 50kVAR, 7% Aluminium Wound Detuned
Reactor, 440V AC - 1 No.
v) Start Push Buttons with 1NO Element - 1
No.
vi) Stop Push Button with 1NO+1NC Element
- 1 No.
vii) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
AC) - 2 Nos.
b) 25kVAR Capacitor Bank Feeder - 3 Nos.
Each comprising of following
i) 63A TP, 18kA, MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection, Handle and spreaders - 1 No.
ii) 25kVAR Capacitor Duty Contactor .- 1 No.
iii) 33.1 kVAR MPP Type Heavy Duty
Capacitor Bank, 525V AC- 1 No.
iv) 25kVAR, 7% Aluminium Wound Detuned
Reactor, 440V AC - 1 No.
v) Start Push Buttons with 1NO Element - 1
No.
vi) Stop Push Button with 1NO+1NC Element
- 1 No.
vii) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
Page 190
AC) - 2 Nos.
c) 15kVAR Capacitor Bank Feeder - 1 Nos.
Each comprising of following
i) 40A TP, 18kA, MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection, Handle and spreaders - 1 No.
ii) 15kVAR Capacitor Duty Contactor .- 1 No.
iii) 20 kVAR MPP Type Heavy Duty
Capacitor Bank, 525V AC- 1 No.
iv) 15 KVAR, 7% Aluminium Wound Detuned
Reactor, 440V AC - 1 No.
v) Start Push Buttons with 1NO Element - 1
No.
vi)Stop Push Button with 1NO+1NC Element
- 1 No.
vii) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
AC) - 2 Nos.
d) 10kVAR Capacitor Bank Feeder - 1 Nos.
Each comprising of following
i) 32A TP, 18kA, MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection, Handle and spreaders - 1 No.
ii) 10kVAR Capacitor Duty Contactor .- 1 No.
iii) 13.2 kVAR MPP Type Heavy Duty
Capacitor Bank, 525V AC- 1 No.
iv) 10 KVAR, 7% Aluminium Wound Detuned
Reactor, 440V AC - 1 No.
v) Start Push Buttons with 1NO Element - 1
No.
vi) Stop Push Button with 1NO+1NC Element
- 1 No.
vii) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
AC) - 2 Nos.
e) 5kVAR Capacitor Bank Feeder - 1 Nos.
Each comprising of following
i) 25A TP, 18kA, MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection, Handle and spreaders - 1 No.
ii) 5kVAR Capacitor Duty Contactor .- 1 No.
iii) 6.6 kVAR MPP Type Heavy Duty
Page 191
Capacitor Bank, 525V AC- 1 No.
iv) 5 KVAR, 7% Aluminium Wound Detuned
Reactor, 440V AC - 1 No.
v) Start Push Buttons with 1NO Element - 1
No.
vi) Stop Push Button with 1NO+1NC Element
- 1 No.
vii) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
AC) - 2 Nos.
D. BUS BAR
Electrical Grade aluminium conductor Busbar
Insulated Colour Coated Suitable for
Incoming & Outgoing Feeders (Main Busbar
800A TPN). - 1 No.
E. MISC. ITEM
i) 6" Cooling Fan with Filter - 3 Nos.
ii) Space Heater with Thermostat - 3 Nos.
iii) Panel Light with Door Limit Switch - 3
Nos.
iv) Panel Light with Door Limit Switch - 3
Nos.
Essential Panel
Page 192
PVC insulated copper conductor S/C cable,
cable alleys, cable gland plates in two half,
i/c providing following switch gears :
A. Incomer
i) 800A four pole horizontal drawout type air
circuit breaker of fault breakingcapacity 50
kA breaking capacity (Ics = Icu = Icw=100%)
for 1 second electrically operated (EDO),
fitted with interlocked door, automatic safety
shutters, mechanical ON/OFF and
service/test/isolated position indicators and
frame earthing contact, conforming to IEC
60947/IS-13947/Part-II/1993 latest version
as amended up-to-date complete with
Microprocessor releases based release for
adjustable setting for over current, earth fault
& short circuit protection with 4 line LCD
(R,Y,B,N) touch display with bar graph for %
loading of phases. all three current and
neutral current (Class of Accuracy 1) ,
release should self powered requiring no
external power supply, protection against
phase unbalance and residual current,
counting the number of operations and
contact wear of arc chutes, over temperature
protection with 30 fault history and event
history minimum 60 and inbuilt zone
selective interlocking feature
contacts,counting the number of operations
and contact wear, ACB's shall be
commuciate on as IEC61850 with following
accessories for each ACB - 1 No.
ii) Trip Indication Switch for ACB - 1 No.
iii) Intellignet Panel Meter: Flush mounting,
96 x 96 mm size class 1 accuracy and LCD
display ABB M4M20 or Equivalent. Panel
meter should be suitable for true RMS
reading. Meter should measure line and
phase voltage, current of all 3 phasees and
neutral, HZ, PF, KW, KWH, KVAR, KVARH,
KVA, KVAH, Voltage and current including
one set (3 Nos.) of CT. Meter should be EMI/
EMC complied. Communication TCP or
Ethernet without using any convertor. - 1 No.
iv) 800/5A, Cl-1.0, 15VA, CT's, Resin Cast
Type - 3 Nos.
v) CT Shorting Link - 3 Nos.
vi) R/Y/B Phase Indication Lights (Led Type,
Page 193
220V AC) - 1Set
vii) On/Off/Trip Indication Lights (Led Type,
220V AC) - 3 Nos.
viii) Control MCB 2A SP, 10kA, C-Curve - 4
Nos.
ix) Neutral Link - 2 Nos.
x) ARC gurad realy with Sensor-1 Set
B Outgoings
B.1 250A TP+N MCCB Feeder - 5 Nos.
Each comprising of following
i) 250A TP+N, 36kA, MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection - 1 No.
ii) Spreader Terminals for 250A TP MCCB -
1 Set
iii) Door Operating Handle for 250A MCCB -
1 No.
iv) Aux. Contact for 250A MCCB - 1 No.
v) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
AC) - 2 Nos.
vi) 6A SP MCB, 10kA, C-Curve - 1 No.
vii) Neutral Link - 1 No.
B.2 160A TP+N MCCB Feeder - 3 Nos.
Each comprising of following
i) 160A TP+N, 25kA, MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection - 1 No.
ii) Spreader Terminals for 160A TP MCCB -
1 Set
iii) Door Operating Handle for 160A MCCB -
1 No.
iv) Aux. Contact for 160A MCCB - 1 No.
v) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
AC) - 2 Nos.
vi) 6A SP MCB, 10kA, C-Curve - 1 No.
vii) Neutral Link - 1 No.
B.3 100A TP+N MCCB Feeder - 4 Nos.
Each comprising of following
i) 100A TP+N, 18kA, MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
Page 194
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection - 1 No
ii) Spreader Terminals for 100A TP MCCB -
1 Set
iii) Door Operating Handle for 100A MCCB -
1 No.
iv) On/Off Indication Lights (Led Type, 220V
AC) - 2 Nos.
v) 6A SP MCB, 10kA, C-Curve - 1 No.
vi) Neutral Link - 1 No.
C) MISC. ITEM
i) 6" Cooling Fan with Filter - 4 Nos.
ii) Space Heater with Thermostat- 4 Nos.
iii) Panel Light with Door Limit Switch- 4 Nos.
Page 195
1 No. MCCB Panels each having following
i) 160 Amp 415 volts, 25 KA FP MCCB with
microprocessor, double break release having
variable current settings of O/L and S/C
protection.
ii) Extended rotary operating mechanism with
door interlock with defeat feature and
padlock facility. MCCB should be with
spreader link and phase barriers.
iii) Phase Indication LED light and Indicating
lamps (LED Type) with 6A protection MCBs
to indicate ON, OFF, TRIP for MCCB
iv) Intellignet Panel Meter: Flush mounting,
96 x 96 mm size class 1 accuracy and LCD
display. Panel meter should be suitable for
true RMS reading. Meter should measure
line and phase voltage, current of all 3
phasees and neutral, HZ, PF, KW, KWH,
KVAR, KVARH, KVA, KVAH, Voltage and
current including one set (3 Nos.) of CT.
Meter should be EMI/ EMC complied.
Communication TCP or Ethernet without
using any convertor.
OUTGOING:
5 Nos. MCCB as per following details/
specifications:
i) 40 Amp 18 KA TP+NL MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection.
ii) Extended rotary operating mechanism with
door interlock with defeat feature and
padlock facility. MCCB should be with
spreader link and phase barriers
iii) ON, OFF, TRIP indication (LED Type).
iv) Digital Ampere Metre of suitable range
with suitable set of CT's.
3 Nos. MCCB as per following details/
specifications:
i) 32 Amp 18 KA TP+NL MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection.
ii) Extended rotary operating mechanism with
door interlock with defeat feature and
Page 196
padlock facility. MCCB should be with
spreader link and phase barriers.
iii) ON, OFF, TRIP indication (LED Type).
iv) Digital Ampere Metre of suitable range
with suitable set of CT's.
Page 197
iii) Phase Indication LED light and Indicating
lamps (LED Type) with 6A protection MCBs
to indicate ON, OFF, TRIP for MCCB
iv) Intellignet Panel Meter: Flush mounting,
96 x 96 mm size class 1 accuracy and LCD
display. Panel meter should be suitable for
true RMS reading. Meter should measure
line and phase voltage, current of all 3
phasees and neutral, HZ, PF, KW, KWH,
KVAR, KVARH, KVA, KVAH, Voltage and
current including one set (3 Nos.) of CT.
Meter should be EMI/ EMC complied.
Communication TCP or Ethernet without
using any convertor.
B. OUTGOING:
B.1 2 Nos. MCCB as per following
details/ specifications:
i) 40 Amp 18 KA TP+NL MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection.
ii) Extended rotary operating mechanism with
door interlock with defeat feature and
padlock facility. MCCB should be with
spreader link and phase barriers.
iii) ON, OFF, TRIP indication (LED Type).
iv) Digital Ampere Metre of suitable range
with suitable set of CT's.
B.2 3 Nos. MCCB as per following
details/ specifications:
i) 32 Amp 18 KA TP+NL MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection.
ii) Extended rotary operating mechanism with
door interlock with defeat feature and
padlock facility. MCCB should be with
spreader link and phase barriers.
iii) ON, OFF, TRIP indication (LED Type).
iv) Digital Ampere Metre of suitable range
with suitable set of CT's.
Page 198
type-Double door with canophy LT panel
suitable for 415 V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire 50 Hz AC
supply system fabricated in
compartmentalized design from CRCA sheet
steel of 2 mm thick for frame work and
covers, 3 mm thick for gland, plates i/c
cleaning & finishing complete with 7 tank
process for powder coating in approved
shade, having 400 Amp capacity extensible
type TPN aluminium alloy bus bars of high
conductivity, DMC / SMC bus bars of high
conductivity,DMC/ SMC bus bar supports,
with short circuit withstand capacity of 31
MVA for 1 Sec.,bottom base channel of MS
section not less than 100 mm x 50 mm x 5
mm thick, fabrication shall be done in
transportable sections, entire panel shall
have a common copper earth bar of size 25
mm x 5 mm at the rear with 2 Nos. earth
stud, solid connections from main bus bar to
switch gears with required size of Al. bus
bars and control wiring with sq. mm. PVC
insulated copper conductor S/C cable, cable
alleys, cable gland plates in two half. The
Panel to be installed on new suitable
foundations (rate included) with proper
provision of incoming and outgoing LT
Cables i/c providing following switch gears:-
A. All MCCBs shall have Ics=Icu=100%
INCOMER: 1 No. MCCB Panels each
having following
i) 400 Amp 415 volts, 36 KA FP MCCB with
with microprocessor, double break release
having variable current settings of O/L, S/C &
inbuilt E/F protection release.
ii) Phase indicating lamp (LED type) with 6A
control SP MCB & ON, OFF, TRIP
Indication (LED type).
iii) Extended rotary operating mechanism
with door interlocking with defeat feature and
padlock facility. MCCB should have spreader
links, phase barriers and Aux Contact for
On,off and trip
iv) Intellignet Panel Meter: Flush mounting,
96 x 96 mm size class 1 accuracy and LCD
display. Panel meter should be suitable for
true RMS reading. Meter should measure
line and phase voltage, current of all 3
phasees and neutral, HZ, PF, KW, KWH,
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 199
KVAR, KVARH, KVA, KVAH, Voltage and
current including one set (3 Nos.) of CT.
Meter should be EMI/ EMC complied.
Communication TCP or Ethernet without
using any convertor
BUSBARS:
400 Amp TPN Aluminium busbars
B. OUTGOING:
B.1 1 No. MCCB as per following details/
specifications:
i) 100 Amp 18 KA FP MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection.
ii) Extended rotary operating mechanism with
door interlock with defeat feature and
padlock facility. MCCB should be with
spreader link and phase barriers.
iii) ON, OFF, TRIP indication (LED Type).
iv) Digital Ampere Metre of suitable range
with suitable set of CT's.
v) 6 Nos. MCCB as per following details/
specifications:
63 Amp 18 KA FP MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection
B.2 Extended rotary operating mechanism
with door interlock with defeat feature and
padlock facility. MCCB should be with
spreader link and phase barriers.
i) ON, OFF, TRIP indication (LED Type).
ii) Digital Ampere Metre of suitable range
with suitable set of CT's.
Page 200
cleaning & finishing complete with 7 tank
process for powder coating in approved
shade, having 400 Amp capacity extensible
type TPN aluminium alloy bus bars of high
conductivity, DMC / SMC bus bars of high
conductivity,DMC/ SMC bus bar supports,
with short circuit withstand capacity of 31
MVA for 1 Sec.,bottom base channel of MS
section not less than 100 mm x 50 mm x 5
mm thick, fabrication shall be done in
transportable sections, entire panel shall
have a common copper earth bar of size 25
mm x 5 mm at the rear with 2 Nos. earth
stud, solid connections from main bus bar to
switch gears with required size of Al. bus
bars and control wiring with sq. mm. PVC
insulated copper conductor S/C cable, cable
alleys, cable gland plates in two half. The
Panel to be installed on new suitable
foundations (rate included) with proper
provision of incoming and outgoing LT
Cables i/c providing following switch gears:-
Intellignet Panel Meter: Flush mounting, 96 x
96 mm size class 1 accuracy and LCD
display. Panel meter should be suitable for
true RMS reading. Meter should measure
line and phase voltage, current of all 3
phasees and neutral, HZ, PF, KW, KWH,
KVAR, KVARH, KVA, KVAH, Voltage and
current including one set of CT and Meter
shall have RS 485 port for BMS connectivity
or any other port for connection to BMS.
Meter should be EMI/ EMC complied.
All MCCBs shall have Ics=Icu=100%
A. INCOMER:
1 No. MCCB Panels each having following
i) 200Amp 415 volts, 36 KA FP MCCB with
with microprocessor, double break release
having variable current settings of O/L, S/C &
inbuilt E/F protection release.
ii) Phase indicating lamp (LED type) with 6A
control SP MCB & ON, OFF, TRIP
Indication (LED type).
iii) Extended rotary operating mechanism
with door interlocking with defeat feature and
padlock facility. MCCB should have spreader
links, phase barriers and Aux Contact for
On,off and trip
Page 201
iv) Intellignet Panel Meter: Flush mounting,
96 x 96 mm size class 1 accuracy and LCD
display ABB M4M20 or Equivalent. Panel
meter should be suitable for true RMS
reading. Meter should measure line and
phase voltage, current of all 3 phasees and
neutral, HZ, PF, KW, KWH, KVAR, KVARH,
KVA, KVAH, Voltage and current including
one set (3 Nos.) of CT. Meter should be EMI/
EMC complied. Communication TCP or
Ethernet without using any convertor
BUSBARS:
400 Amp TPN Aluminium busbars
B. OUTGOING:
9 Nos. MCCB as per following details/
specifications:
i) 25 Amp 18 KA FP MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection.
ii) Extended rotary operating mechanism with
door interlock with defeat feature and
padlock facility. MCCB should be with
spreader link and phase barriers.
iii) ON, OFF, TRIP indication (LED Type).
iv) Digital Ampere Metre of suitable range
with suitable set of CT's.
16 Nos. MCCB as per following details/
specifications:
i) 16 Amp 18 KA FP MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection.
ii) Extended rotary operating mechanism with
door interlock with defeat feature and
padlock facility. MCCB should be with
spreader link and phase barriers.
iii) ON, OFF, TRIP indication (LED Type).
iv) Digital Ampere Metre of suitable range
with suitable set of CT's.
85 Floor panel
Supplying, installation, testing
&commissioning of cubical type outdoor
type-Double door with canophy LT panel 7 Set 164068.00 1148476.00
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 202
suitable for 415 V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire 50 Hz AC
supply system fabricated in
compartmentalized design from CRCA sheet
steel of 2 mm thick for frame work and
covers, 3 mm thick for gland, plates i/c
cleaning & finishing complete with 7 tank
process for powder coating in approved
shade, having 400 Amp capacity extensible
type TPN aluminium alloy bus bars of high
conductivity, DMC / SMC bus bars of high
conductivity,DMC/ SMC bus bar supports,
with short circuit withstand capacity of 31
MVA for 1 Sec.,bottom base channel of MS
section not less than 100 mm x 50 mm x 5
mm thick, fabrication shall be done in
transportable sections, entire panel shall
have a common copper earth bar of size 25
mm x 5 mm at the rear with 2 Nos. earth
stud, solid connections from main bus bar to
switch gears with required size of Al. bus
bars and control wiring with sq. mm. PVC
insulated copper conductor S/C cable, cable
alleys, cable gland plates in two half. The
Panel to be installed on new suitable
foundations (rate included) with proper
provision of incoming and outgoing LT
Cables i/c providing following switch gears:-
All MCCBs shall have Ics=Icu=100%
A. INCOMER:
1 No. MCCB Panels each having following
i) 250 Amp 415 volts, 36 KA FP MCCB with
microprocessor, double break release having
variable current settings of O/L, S/C & inbuilt
E/F protection release.
ii) Phase Indication LED light and Indicating
lamps (LED Type) with 6A protection MCBs
to indicate ON, OFF, TRIP for MCCB
iii) Intellignet Panel Meter: Flush mounting,
96 x 96 mm size class 1 accuracy and LCD
display ABB M4M20 or Equivalent. Panel
meter should be suitable for true RMS
reading. Meter should measure line and
phase voltage, current of all 3 phasees and
neutral, HZ, PF, KW, KWH, KVAR, KVARH,
KVA, KVAH, Voltage and current including
one set (3 Nos.) of CT. Meter should be EMI/
EMC complied. Communication TCP or
Ethernet without using any convertor.
Page 203
BUSBARS:
400 Amp TPN Aluminium busbars
B. OUTGOING:
B.1 3 Nos. MCCB as per following
details/ specifications:
i) 100 Amp 18 KA FP MCCBwith Thermal
Magnetic, double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection.
ii) Extended rotary operating mechanism with
door interlock with defeat feature and
padlock facility. MCCB should be with
spreader link and phase barriers.
iii) ON, OFF, TRIP indication (LED Type).
iv) Digital Ampere Metre of suitable range
with suitable set of CT's.
B.2 2 Nos. MCCB as per following
details/ specifications:
i) 63 Amp 18 KA FP MCCB with Thermal
Magnetic double break based release with
ajustable setting (overload setting ajdustable
upto 70%) (Ics=Icu =100%) and Short Circuit
protection.
ii) Extended rotary operating mechanism with
door interlock with defeat feature and
padlock facility. MCCB should be with
spreader link and phase barriers.
iii) ON, OFF, TRIP indication (LED Type).
iv) Digital Ampere Metre of suitable range
with suitable set of CT's.
Page 204
nominal)
Safety Equipments
DG SET
Page 205
90 Providing, installing, testing and
commissioning of 'Silent Type' Diesel
Generating set having Prime Power Rating of
625 KVA, 415 volts at 1500 RPM, 0.8 lagging
power factor at 415 V suitable for 50 Hz, 3
phase system & for 0.85 load factor and
consisting of the followings:
a) Diesel Engine:
Diesel engine 4 stroke water cooled, electric
start, of suitable BHP at 1500 RPM suitable
for above output of alternator at NTP
condition 40 Degree C, 50% RH & at 1000
meter MSL and conforming to BS 5514, BS
649, IS 10000, capable of taking 10% over
loading for one hour after 12 hours of
continuos operation. The engine will be fitted
complete with all the required accessories.
b) Engine mounted Instrument Panel
fitted with and having digital display for
following: (As per OEM)
i) Start-stop switch with key
ii) Water temperature indication
iii) Lubrication oil pressure indication
iv) Lubrication oil temperature indication
v) Battery charging indication
vi) RPM indication
vii) Over speed indication
viii) Low lub. Oil trip indication
ix) Engine hours indication
c) Alternator
Synchronous alternator rated at 625 KVA,
415 volts at 1500 RPM, 3 phase 50 Hz, AC
supply with 0.8 lagging power factor at NTP
condition 40 Degree C, 50% RH at 1000
meter MSL. The alternator shall be having
SPDP enclosure, brushless, continuous duty,
self-excited and self-regulated through AVR
conforming to IS: 4722/BS 2613 suitable for
tropical conditions and with class- H
insulation.
d) Base Frame & Foundation:
Both the engine and alternator shall be
mounted on suitable base frame made of MS
channel / as per OEM with necessary
reinforcement which shall be installed on
suitable cement concrete foundation and 4600445.0
vibration isolation arrangement as per 1 Set 0 4600445.00
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 206
recommendations of manufacturer.
e) Fuel Tank:
Daily service fuel tank of (as per OEM)
capacity fabricated with suitable (as per
OEM) thick M.S. sheet (as per OEM)
complete with all standard accessories and
fuel piping between fuel tank and diesel
engine with M.S. class C pipes of suitable dia
complete with valves, level indications
&accessories as required as per
specifications.
f) Exhaust System:
Dry exhaust main fold with Hospital /
Residential Grade Silencer as per latest
CPCB norms.
g) Starting System:
12V/24V DC starting system comprising of
starter motors: voltage regulator and
arrangement for intial excitation complete
with suitable nos. of batteries as required as
per specification(as per OEM).
h) Acoustic weather proof enclosure:
Acoustic and weather proof enclosure with
arrangement for fresh air intake for cooling of
the engine & alternator, extraction,
discharging hot air in to the atmosphere as
per specification.
91 AMF Panel:
Fabricating, Installing, Testing &
Commissioning of automatic mains failure
control panel, suitable for 625 KVA silent
type DG set complete with relays, timers,
other accessories, indicating lights, Battery
charger, DC Ammeter/Voltmeter, Hooter,
Aux Relay, Neutral Link etc as per standard
design & accessories of OEM i/c upto 30
Metre of control cabling from AMF panel to
diesel engine and elsewhere if required, all
complete and inter locking but with minimum
following:
a) Incomer 2 Nos. 1000A four pole horizontal
drawout type air circuit breaker of fault
breaking capacity 50 kA breaking capacity
(Ics = Icu = Icw=100%) for 1 second
Electrically operated (EDO), fitted with
interlocked door, automatic safety shutters, 1 Set 937532.00 937532.00
Page 207
mechanical ON/OFF and
service/test/isolated position indicators and
frame earthing contact, conforming to IEC
60947/IS-13947/Part-II/1993 latest version
as amended up-to-date complete with
Microprocessor releases based release for
adjustable setting for over current, earth fault
& short circuit protection with 4 line LCD
(R,Y,B,N) touch display with bar graph for %
loading of phases. all three current and
neutral current (Class of Accuracy 1) ,release
should self powered requiring no external
power supply, protection against phase
unbalance and residual current, counting the
number of operations and contact wear of
arc chutes, over temperature protection with
with 20 fault history and on, off and trip
(event) 10 event history and inbuilt zone
selective interlocking feature
contacts,counting the number of operations
and contact wear,
b) Outgoing 1Nos. 1000A four pole horizontal
drawout type air circuit breaker of fault
breakingcapacity 50 kA breaking capacity
(Ics = Icu = Icw=100%) for 1 second
Electrically operated (EDO), fitted with
interlocked door, automatic safety shutters,
mechanical ON/OFF and
service/test/isolated position indicators and
frame earthing contact, conforming to IEC
60947/IS-13947/Part-II/1993 latest version
as amended up-to-date complete with
Microprocessor releases based release for
adjustable setting for over current, earth fault
& short circuit protection with 4 line LCD
(R,Y,B,N) touch display with bar graph for %
loading of phases. all three current and
neutral current (Class of Accuracy 1) ,
release should self powered requiring no
external power supply, protection against
phase unbalance and residual current,
counting the number of operations and
contact wear of arc chutes, over temperature
protection with 20 fault history and on, off
and trip (event) history. and inbuilt zone
selective interlocking feature
contacts,counting the number of operations
and contact wear,
c) Auto/Manual/Test/Off selector switch
d) 2 Nos. over voltage relay, 2 Nos. reverse
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 208
power relay and 2 Nos. under voltage relay.
e) 3 Sets of current transformers 15 P 10
accuracy for protection and 15 VA class-I for
metering
Page 209
96.1 3.5 x 300 sq.mm 10 Metre 2671.00 26710.00
Page 210
Note: *The head of the pump is selected
in a manner so as to give a minimum
3.5kgf/cm2 pressure at the
highest/farthest point.
Page 211
conforming to IS 1520.
c) Suitable HP Squirrel cage induction motor
TEFC type suitable for operation on 415
volts, 3 phase 50 Hz, AC supply with IP 55
class of protection for enclosure, horizontal
foot mounted type with Class-'F' insulation,
conforming to IS-325.
d) M.S. fabricated Common base plate,
coupling, coupling guard, foundation bolts
etc. as required.
e) Suitable cement concrete foundation duly
plastered and with antivibration pads.
180 lpm at 56 m Head
Page 212
accessories, mountings and internal wiring,
earth terminals, numbering etc. complete in
all respect, suitable for main fire pump,
pressurisation pump & diesel pump set
complete as per CPWD specification with
following in coming and Outgoings, suitable
for operation on 415V, 3 phase, 50Hz Ac
Supply with enclosure protection class IP 42
as required:
Incomer
250A, 50kA 4 Pole MCCB, Ics=100% Icu
rating Digital Voltmeter 0-500V with selector
switch Digital Ammeter (0-250 A) with
selector swtich & CTs etc. LED type RYB
phase indicating lamps, ON, OFF, trip
indicating lamps
Set of Copper Bus Bar 300A
Outgoing
(Note:- All outgoing feeders for pumps
should have digital Ammeter with selector
switches, and LED type ON, OFF trip
indicating lamps)
Main Fire Pump
125 A, 50kA TPN MCCB, Ics=100% Icu, with
fully automatic Star/Delta starter suitable for
60 HP pump with overload protection, current
sensing type single phase preventor
complete with all acceessories and internal
wiring required for automatic operation,
selector switch for local/remote,
auto/manual/OFF operation.
Jockey Pump
63 A, 50kA TPN MCCB, Ics=100% Icu, with
suitable HP fully automatic Star/Delta starter
with overload protection, current sensing
type single phase preventor complete with all
acceessories and internal wiring required for
automatic operation, selector switch for
local/remote, auto/manual/OFF operation.
(for each pump)
Diesel Engine Control
Control for diesel engine comprising -
Automatic/Manual selctor switch & 3
attempts starting device, timers and relays as
required, push buttons, start/stop in manual
mode Indicating lamp for high/ Low Lub. Oil
pressure, High Water Temp and Engine on
indication Battery charger suitbale for 12V/24
Page 213
V DC with boost and trickle selector switch,
0-30 V DC volt meter, and 0-20 A DC
Ammeter All standard relays and accessories
for automatic operation of diesel engine
SYSTEM CONTROLLER
Designing, Supply, Installation, Testing and
commissioning of system controller to control
operation of main electric fire pump, diesel
pump, Pressurization pump, Terrace pump in
sequence as per specification consisting of
relays, timers. Sensors, annunciation window
for fault indication, complete as per
specification
Earthing
Page 214
as required.
112.1 200 mm. dia (wall thickness = 6.3 mm) 8 Metre 5561.00 44488.00
Page 215
bronze/gunmetal seat duly ISI marked
complete with nuts, bolts, washers, gaskets
conforming to IS 13095 of following sizes as
required :
121 Supplying and fixing first-aid Hose Reel with 10 Set 8675.00 86750.00
Page 216
MS construction spray painted in post office
red, conforming to IS 884 complete with the
following as required.
20 mm nominal internal dia water hose
thermoplastic(Textile reinforced) type -2 as
per IS: 12585, 20 mm nominal internal dia
gun metal globe valve & nozzle.
Drum and brackets for fixing the equipmets
on wall, Connections from riser with 25 mm
dia stop gun metal valve & M.S. Pipe and
socket.
30 Metre
Page 217
127.1 100mm dia 10 Nos. 7514.00 75140.00
Page 218
facility to connect printer to printout log and
facility to have seamless integration with
analog/digital voice evacuation system
(which is part of the schedule of work under
SH: PA System) and shall be complete with
all accessories i/c dismentalling and
disconnection of existing Fire Control Panel.
The panel shall be compatible for IBMS
system with open protocol BACnet/ Modbus
over IP complete as per specifications.
Page 219
handset complete as required.
Fire Extinguishers
CCTV
Page 220
146 Supply, Installation, Testing &
Commissioning of 3 MP Dome Camera,
ONVIF profile S & G, UL, CE, FCC Certified,
1/2.8" CMOS sensor, 2.8mm to 12 mm
motorized varifocal, triple stream, Min
Illumination :0.05 Lux @ (F1.2, AGC ON), 0
lux with IR, 120 dB WDR, Shutter Speed :
1/5 1/100,000 s, Video Compression: H.265,
H.264, frame rate 25/30 fps @ 3MP, Edge
analytics: line crossing, perimeter intrusion,
Face detection, cross counting, stationary
object, Inbuilt IR LED, IR distance upto 30
Metres, IK 10 Vandal proof, IP 66, POE
complete as required. 40 Nos 28384.00 1135360.00
Page 221
3D intelligent positioning with PTZ camera,
Support 2 SATA HDDs up to 8TB, 1 USB(1
USB3.0),Multiple network 1RJ-45 Ethernet
Ports, HDMI ports x 2Nos monitoring: Web
viewer, CMS(PVMS) & amp; Smart
Phone(PMOB) etc i/c dismantling &
disconnection if any etc. as required.
Page 222
disconnection if any etc. as required.
Page 223
230V AC, 4” dia Castors with Brake (set of 4)
Cable manager 1U MS with Loops Shelf,
Stationery 475mm N/W PDU 7Sockets
5Amps with MCB Mounting Hardware (Pkt.
Of 20) Vertical Cable Channel 50mmW 22U
complete in all respect.
TOTAL 4464121.00
UPS
Page 224
input phase reversal), and menu run
diagnostic module, associated cabling,
connections, termination, erection including
associated foundation/ masonry or RCC
work for mounting on base channels etc.
complete as required and connection and
inter connection between battery bank and
UPS etc as per specifications.
Battery Bank as per above specification
(1x10KVA)
Matching racks to house SMF batteries for 1
x 10KVA UPS system for minimum 30
minutes backup along with 30 Nos. 42 AH
batteries and inteconnecting links, BCB etc
as required 30 minutes battery back-up as
per above specification for (1x10KVA)
Page 225
connections, termination, erection including
associated foundation/ masonry or RCC
work for mounting on base channels etc.
complete as required and connection and
inter connection between battery bank and
UPS etc as per specifications.
Battery Bank as per above specification
(1x20KVA)
Matching racks to house SMF batteries for 1
x 20KVA UPS system for minimum 30
minutes backup along with 30 Nos. 65 AH
batteries and inteconnecting links, BCB etc
as required 30 minutes battery back-up as
per above specification for (1x20KVA)
EPABX
Page 226
Phone and Headset) as per detail technical
specification provided in specification section
complete etc as reqd.
Page 227
required.
Page 228
Of 20) Vertical Cable Channel 50mmW 22U
complete in all respect.
LAN
Page 229
(0°C to 50°C) , SFP should be MSA
complient and same make as switch OEM As
per detail technical specification provided in
specification complete etc as reqd.
Page 230
complete etc as reqd.
Page 231
& disconnection if any etc. as required.
TOTAL 5140800.00
Page 232
201 Supplying Installation, Testing and
Commissioning of UL/ VDE 0834 certified/
Health Technical Memorandum 08-03-
Main Controllers/ IP Controllers /System
switch suitable for the proposed Nurse
Call System with following features:
The IP controller with decentralised
communications node for exchanging data
between the connected system devices and
the rest of the communications system,
consisting of necessary IP port/RJ45 port
connected with CAT 6 Cable through power
supply shall be POE based:- Standard IT
RJ45 socket, 1OOMb IP Port, galvanically
isolated conforming to UL/ EN 60950 and
VDE 0834/ Health Technical Memorandum
08-03:- Necessary standard IT RJ45 sockets,
each for a 1OOMb IP system port for
connecting all IP capable system modules;-
Necessary standard IT RJ45 socket, lOOMb
IP Port for connecting nurse station as well
as control panel PCs or for redundant
Connection. 2 Nos. 52049.00 104098.00
Page 233
with following features:
Having provision for press button to call
Nurse and handset shall have antimicrobial/
antifungal coating to avoid infection transfer,
shall be shock & spill proof and have suitable
color & symbol for nurse call button on the
handset. The patient handset shall have
connection cord to connect with connection
module. The finderlight & reassurance light
should be available on patient handset & bed
head unit to assure patient that call has been
generated after the call button is pressed.
The patient handset shall have min. 2.8
meter cord and also have 2 nos. lighting
buttons to integrate with electrical devices if
required . Patient bed head unit shall have
following:-Auto disconnect feature to avoid
damage to unit/ handset if pulled forcibly.-1
membrane keypad:-1 call button
(red with nurse symbol) including
afinder/reassurance light,-1 presence key
cum cancel button (green) including a
controlLED,-1 DIN Socket for interfacing with
other medical devicesThe connection module
should be connected in ring topology. There
should be no individual cable for each bed.
Page 234
cancel button- a membrane keypad-
Integrated sounder- should be connected in
ring topology.
Page 235
button is also located on the front.- Suited for
19 inch 1 HE/HU Network Rack Size
SH-VII:Medical equipments
MOT
Page 236
210 SITC of Wall paneling system and ceiling
paneling system SS sandwich as per details
given below:-
For SS Sandwich: Thickness of insulated
stainless: 50-60mm.
Material and sheet thickness: 0.8mm thick,
304 grade stainless steel sandwich panel
(both side 0.8mm thick sheet),
Core consisting of rigid polyurethane foam
injected under high pressure with a minimum
3
density of 40 kg/m conforming to BIS:
12436-1988. 312.4 Sq.Metre 14741.00 4605088.40
Page 237
Control equipment for the general lighting
and the light dimming shall be provided in the
theatre control panel.
Page 238
be integrated with HIS (Hospital information
system)/BMS.The control panel shall be able
to display the Isolation panel alarm
conditions along with MGPS alarms.
Page 239
rollWelded by special PVC thermsal welding
unitsSpecification: smooth, non-slip,
impervious material conductive enough to
dissipate static electricityThe floor shall
efficiently discharge electric charges up to 2
KVCopper grid to be provided with Copper
grounding strips (0.5mm thick, 50mm
width)One earthing lead shall be brought out
from every 150 sqft area.
Page 240
amended upto the last date of receipt of
tenders.
Page 241
smoothly and quickly to any desired
position.Double moveable arms (any
combination) with total coverage of min
0
1800mm and minimum 330 . Each arm shall
have ability of horizontal movement. Vertical
movement shall be motorized and the arm
height shall remain at a height greater than
6.5 feet above floor level.Weight carrying
capacity of the arm shall not be less than 180
Kg. It shall have electromagnetic/ Pneumatic
brakes.Each arm shall be capable of
0
minimum 330 of rotation, which can be
easily adjusted to suit the desired mode of
operation.The pendant shall be European CE
Certified with 4 digit notified body number/US
FDA/ETL/UL/BIS certified/listed under
medical devices directive.The Pendant
Service Heads shall be modular with
minimum 800mm head. The heads shall be
capable of accepting a range of shelves,
infusion poles, electrical switch/sockets, gas
outlets and other required accessories The
Pendant heads shall support the range of
Physiological Monitor mounting solutions.The
pendant service heads shall be supplied with
medical gas terminal units and 5A/15A or
6A/16A hybrid sockets.
227 SITC of OT light as per details given below:- 1 No. 1560352.0 1560352.00
EE(C), FD EE(E), FED
Page 242
MOT surgical lighting system shall provide 0
an ideal combination of brightness,
manoeuvrability and shadow resolution
without sacrificing colour and accuracy
through a consistent LED technology. Such
lighting system shall have the following
technical specifications:Number of light
heads: TwoColour temperature range:
0 0
3800 K to 5000 K (+10%)- Variable colour
temperature.
Field size diameter: 20cm to 28cm (+/-
10%)Working range: 750mm to 1100mm (+/-
10%)Illumination level: minimum 160,000 lux
(both for major dome and minor dome
separately)Controls: Control panel (two: one
on the wall and other on dome).
Page 243
Oxygen etc complete as reqd.
Page 244
nose suitable for Nitrous Oxide cylinders and
other end suitable for Manifold non-return
valves. Each manifold will have one terminal
header and a NPT connection for the
automatic control panel etc complete as
reqd.
Vacuum System
Page 245
240 SITC for Ward Vacuum Unit complete with
regulator, collection bottle and adopter and
bracket for collection bottle, Consisting of
one no. Suction Regulator connected with
minimum 600 CC pot of collection. The jar
and the lid are made of polycarbonate which
are autoclavable and unbreakable. The jar is
fitted with an overflow safety trap & the
regulator fitted with an ON/OFF valve and a
knob to regulate the online suction etc
complete as reqd. 30 Nos. 4425.00 132750.00
Page 246
244.1 SITC for Oxygen Outlets as per specification,
Terminal units shall be capable of single
handed insertion and removal of the medical
gas probe. The wall mounted first fix
assembly shall consist of brass pipeline
termination block with copper stub pipe
secured between a back plate and a gas
specific plate to allow limited radial
movement of the copper stub to align with
the pipeline. The gas specific plate shall be
permanently fixed to the back plate etc
complete as reqd. 130 Nos. 2687.00 349310.00
Page 247
244.5 SITC for CO2 outlets as per specification,
Terminal units shall be capable of single-
handed insertion and removal of the medical
gas probe. The wall mounted first fix
assembly shall consist of brass pipeline
termination block with copper stub pipe
secured between a back plate and a gas
specific plate to allow limited radial
movement of the copper stub to align with
the pipeline. The gas specific plate shall be
permanently fixed to the back plate etc
complete as reqd. 30 Nos. 2687.00 80610.00
Page 248
either pressure or medical vacuum. The area
alarms should have a digital display of
pressure and should be displayed by
standardized coloured LED‟s. It should have
audible Alarm for high – caution – normal –
caution – Low). It should have programming
facility from front panel. Facility to connect to
remote alarm box by potential free contacts
provided in the alarm box. Operated by 230V
ac power supply etc complete as reqd.
Page 249
248.6 54 mm OD, 1.2mm thick 50 Metres 2331.00 116550.00
Laundry
Page 250
Loading Capacity of 30 Kg. Per Charge with
Micro Controller Base Cyclic Timer for Auto
Timed & Auto-Reserve, Auto Digital
Temperature Control, Cool Down system,
Fitted With Control Panel, One Motor each
for Drive And Blower. Double Walled Glass
Wool Insulated Outer Body Mild Steel, Inner
Basket Stainless Steel 304 grade, Self Lint
Screen, „V‟ Belt Drive, Waste Air Exhaust
Etc, User friendly fully automatic panel
controls, Operates On 415 V, 3 Phase, 50 Hz
AC Supply complete etc as reqd.
Page 251
Nos removable steel shelves to give access
to articles, fitted with 4 Nos. swiveling type
ball bearing wheels having over all
dimensions: W 1200 mm x D 600mm x H
1700mm complete etc as reqd.
Page 252
operated Water inlet valve, Electrically
operated (Motorized) Drain Valve, Operates
on 415 V, 3 PHASE, 50 HZ AC supply
complete etc as reqd.
Page 253
263 Providing & fixing of following number of
arms over hang brackets (suitable to LED
fitting at item No-3) of 1 Metre long made out
of GI pipe of outer dia not less than 40 mm
(Nominal size) shall be provided for fixing the
luminaire complete etc as reqd.
Page 254
267.1 4 core x 10 sq.mm size. 1680 Metre 262.00 440160.00
Page 255
275.1 3 x 1.5 sq. mm 450 Metre 95.00 42750.00
Page 256
2 Set
viii) MCCB ON/OFF/Trip Indication Aux Block
- 2No.
ix) 63 amp power contactor AC 3 duty - 1 No.
x) Astronomical Time Switch - 1 No.
xi) Auto Manual Selector Switch - 1 No.
B) BUS BARS:
FP Aluminium bus bars of minimum of 150A
capacity with heat shrinkable coloured
sleeves and i/c DMC/SMC bus bars supports
at required intervals complete, for cross
section, size supports & their spacing etc. for
withstanding fault level of 31 MVA for 1 Sec.
C) OUTGOING:
16A DP MCB, 10KA - 10 Nos.
10A DP MCB, 10KA - 10 Nos.
16A DP MCB, 10KA - 4 Nos.
SH-IX :STP
Page 257
278 Supplying, installation, testing and
commissioning of Sewage disposal pumps:
Centrifugal type, non clog self priming pumps
complete with valves, suction and delivery
header and priming tank of an approved
make of suitable capacity capable of
handling minimum 32mm size solids for
untreated effluent with TEFC induction motor
with DOL starter, class 'B' insulation,
mounted on a common structural base plate,
with suitable anti vibration pads for pump
foundation, motor of suitable HP to match
with the capacity of the sewage disposal
pump to work on 400/440 volts, 3 phase, 50
cycles AC supply with suitable rpm.
Page 258
280.1 Capacity 2 Kl/hr at 35m head (For Filter
press feed pump) 2 Nos. 40268.00 80536.00
Page 259
1600mm, height 1800mm duly fabricated
with 6mm thick plate for shell and 8mm thick
plate for dished ends conforming to IS:
226/2062 complete with initial charge of filter
media, face piping, valve accessories and
painting with two coats of anti corrosive paint
of approved shade and quality complete in all
respects as required.
Page 260
for irrigation purpose for which pump has
already been incorporated in landscape
head
Page 261
connections, interconnections as required -
24 No. (23W+1S)
x) Fixing of all kind of starters including
connections, interconnections etc as required
- 23 No.
Note:
i) All MCB's shall have 25 KA rating
ii) All MCCB's shall have ICS=100% ICU
iii) All starter units for pumps to be provided
with 3 level liquid level contractor
iv) All outgoing starter units to have "ON" red
lamps.
v) All pumps to be provided with heavy duty
selector switch.
vi) All pumps to be provided with sequence
timer 220/440 V AC/DC and alternate
working of pumps between 6 to 8 hours or
alternate use of pumps after one service in
sequence.
vii) All pumps to be provided with over load
relay.
viii) Necessary cable alleys for space
switches, level controller, internal wiring of all
equipment shall also be included. All
switchgears/control gears shall be motor duty
rating.
Page 262
295 Supplying and Laying of one number PVC
insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE power
cable of 1.1 KV grade of following size direct
in ground including excavation, sand
cushioning, protective covering and refilling
the trench etc as required.
Page 263
complete with all accessories including lugs
suitable for following size of 3 core, XLPE
aluminium conductor cable of 11 KV grade
as required :
SH-X :Credit
Page 264
3
Add 6.33% on A/c of raising of GST from 12% to 18% on DSR items (Item no.
1 to 15, 21 to 26, 28, 49 to 63, 66, 71 to 72, 86, 88, 93 to 94, 97 to 105, 107 to
2392417.00
130, 132 to 142, 157 to 159, 178 to 179, 196 to 198, 208 to 209, 266, 270 to 275,
291 to 294, 299 to 300) i.e on Rs. 3,77,94,903/- (B)
Page 265
Less Cost index @ -2.727% on DSR items (Item no. 1 to 15, 21 to 26, 28, 49 to
63, 66, 71 to 72, 86, 88, 93 to 94, 97 to 105, 107 to 130, 132 to 142, 157 to 159,
-1095908.00
178 to 179, 196 to 198, 208 to 209, 266, 270 to 275, 291 to 294, 299 to 300 and
on B) i.e on (Rs. 3,77,94,903/- + Rs. 2392417/- =Rs. 4,01,87,320/-(C)
Page 266
PART - D
FINANCIAL BID
Page 267
PROFORMA FINANCIAL BID
Name of Work: Special Repair including Rehabilitation, Retro fitting and Augmentation of ESIC
Hospital at Sector-8, Faridabad.
Name of Contractor:
S. Quoted Percentage
Estimated Cost Total Tendered
Component of Work (at par/above/below)
No. (Rs.) Amount (Rs.)
the Estimated Cost
Civil Work
1. 11,89,93,673/-
(As per Schedule of Qty)
E&M Works
2. 11,87,03,468/-
(As per Schedule of Qty)
Page 268